Heteroaryl derivatives as modulators of nAChR alpha7

专利摘要:

公开号:ES2594409T9
申请号:ES12709965.3T
申请日:2012-02-22
公开日:2017-02-09
发明作者:Neelima Sinha；Gourhari Jana；Sachchidanand Sachchidanand；Sanjay Pralhad Kurhade；Navnath Popat Karche；Anil Kashiram Hajare；Ajay Ramchandra Tilekar；Venkata P. Palle；Rajender Kumar Kamboj
申请人:Lupin Ltd；
IPC主号:

专利说明:

Heteroaryl derivatives as modulators of nAChR α7 Field of the Invention The present invention relates to novel compounds of general formula I,
10 to its tautomeric forms, to its stereoisomers, to its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, to the pharmaceutical compositions containing them and to these compounds for use as a modulator of the α7 subunit of the nicotinic acetylcholine receptor (nAChR α7, from the English nicotinic acetylcholine receptor α7 subunit) in the prevention or treatment of disorders defined in the appended claims.
Also described herein are analogs, prodrugs, isotopically labeled analogs, noxides, metabolites, polymorphs, solvates, optical isomers, clathrates and co-crystals of the compounds of formula I.
These embodiments are not part of the invention.
Background of the invention:
Cholinergic neurotransmission, mediated primarily through the neurotransmitter acetylcholine (ACh), is a predominant regulator of the physiological functions of the body through the central and autonomic nervous system. The
25 ACh acts at the synapses of neurons present in all autonomous ganglia, neuromuscular junctions and the central nervous system. Two distinct classes of ACh target receptors have been identified, namely muscarinic (mAChR) and nicotinic (nAChR) in the brain, which form an important component of the receptors that carry their nemonic functions and other vital physiological functions.
30 Neural nicotinic ACh receptors (NNRs) belong to the class of ligand-open ion channels (LGIC) comprising five subunits (α2-α10, β2- β4) arranged in heteropentameric (α4β2) or homopentameric (a7) configuration (Paterson D et al., Prog. Neurobiol., 2000, 61, 75-111). The nAChR α4β2 and α7 constitute the predominant subtypes expressed in the brain of mammals. The nAChR α7 has achieved prominence as a target
35 therapeutic because of its abundant expression in the learning and memory centers of the brain, hippocampus and cerebral cortex (Rubboli F et al., Neurochem. Int., 1994, 25, 69-71). In particular, nAChR α7 is characterized by high permeability to the Ca2 + ion, which is responsible for the release of neurotransmitters and the consequent modulation of the excitatory and inhibitory neurotransmission (Alkondon M et al., Eur. J. Pharmacol., 2000, 393, 59-67; Dajas-Bailador F et al., Trends Pharmacol. Sci., 2004, 25, 317-324). In addition, the high Ca2 + ion input also
40 has implications for the long-term enhancement of memory through alterations in gene expression (Bitner RS et al., J. Neurosci., 2007, 27, 10578-10587; McKay BE et al., Biochem. Pharmacol. , 2007, 74, 1120-1133).
Several recent studies have confirmed the role of nAChR α7 in neuronal processes such as attention, memory and cognition (Mansvelder HD et al., Psychopharmacology (Berl), 2006, 184, 292-305; Chan WK et al.,
45 Neuropharmacology 2007, 52, 1641-1649; Young JW et al., Eur. Neuropsychopharmacol., 2007, 17, 145-155). The genetic polymorphisms associated with the nAChR α7 protein, CHRNA7, have been implicated in the genetic transmission of schizophrenia, related neurophysiological sensory stimulation deficits and the resulting cognitive impairment (Freedman R et al., Biol. Psychiatry, 1995, 38, 22-33; Tsuang DW et al., Am. J. Med. Genet., 2001, 105, 662-668). In addition, preclinical studies in nuligenic mice for nAChR α7 and treated with oligonucleotides
50 non-coding agents have demonstrated impaired attention and defective cognition, highlighting the prominent role of nAChR α7 in cognition (Curzon P et al., Neurosci. Lett., 2006, 410, 15-19; Young JW et al., Neuropsychopharmacology , 2004, 29, 891-900). Additionally, the pharmacological blockade of nAChR α7 impairs memory and its activation enhances it in preclinical rodent models involving nAChR α7 as a target for cognitive potentiation (Hashimoto K et al., Biol. Psychiatry, 2008, 63, 92-97 ).
55 Pathological brain function in sensory deficit disorders has been associated with nicotinic cholinergic transmission in particular through α7 receptors (Freedman R et al., Biol. Psychiatry, 1995, 38, 22-33; Tsuang DW

et al., Am. J. Med. Genet. 2001, 105, 662-668; Carson R et al., Neuromolecular, 2008, Med. 10, 377-384; Leonard S et al., Pharmacol. Biochem Behav., 2001, 70, 561-570; Freedman R et al., Curr. Psychiatry Rep., 2003, 5, 155-161; Cannon TD et al., Curr. Opin. Psychiatry, 2005, 18, 135-140). It is understood that defective pre-care processing of sensory information is the basis of cognitive fragmentation in schizophrenia and related neuropsychiatric disorders (Leiser SC et al., Pharmacol. Ther., 2009, 122, 302-311). Genetic link studies have shown that several affective, attention, anxiety and psychotic disorders share the locus of the α7 gene (Leonard S et al., Pharmacol. Biochem. Behav., 2001, 70, 561-570; Suemaru K et al., Nippon Yakurigaku Zasshi, 2002, 119, 295-300).
Disturbances in cholinergic and glutamatergic homeostasis, for a long time, have been implicated as causative factors of many neurological diseases, including dementia or dementias (Nizri E et al., Drug News Perspect., 2007, 20, 421- 429). Dementia is a serious, progressive, multifactorial cognitive disorder that affects memory, attention, language and problem solving. The nicotinic ACh receptor, particularly the interaction of the α7 receptor with αβ1-42, is implicated as an upstream pathogenic event in Alzheimer's disease, a major cause of dementia (Wang HY et al.,
J. Neurosci., 2009, 29, 10961-10973). In addition, CHRNA7 gene polymorphisms have been implicated in dementia with Lewy bodies (DLB) and Pick's disease (Feher A et al., Dement. Geriatr. Cogn. Disorders., 2009, 28, 56-62) .
The potential for modifying the disease of nAChR, in particular of the α7 receptor, has application for the modification of the disease in Alzheimer's disease (AD) and Parkinson's disease (PD) by potentiating neuronal survival and Neurodegeneration prevention (Wang et al., 2009; Nagele RG et al., Neuroscience, 2002, 110, 199-211; Jeyarasasingam G et al., Neuroscience, 109, 275-285). Additionally, the activation induced by nAChR α7 of the antiapoptotic (BCL-2) and anti-inflammatory pathways in the brain could have neuroprotective effects in neurodegenerative diseases (Marrero MB et al., Brain. Res., 2009, 1256, 1-7 ). It is known that neurons containing dopamine of the ventral tegmental area (ATV) and laterodorsal tegmental nucleus (TLD) express nicotinic ACh receptors, particularly the α4, α3, β2, β3, β4 subunits (Kuzmin A et al., Psychopharmacology (Berl ), 2009, 203, 99-108). It has been identified with the approach of the candidate gene, that nicotinic ACh receptors, α4β2 and α3β4 have a strong relationship with the mechanism of nicotine addiction (Weiss RB et al., PLoS Genet., 2008, 4, e1000125). The nAChR α7 has been studied, in particular, to determine a possible role in cannabis addiction (Solinas M et al., J. Neurosci., 2007, 27, 56155620). Varenicline, a partial α4β2 agonist, has demonstrated better efficacy in reducing tobacco addiction and preventing relapse compared to bupropion (Ebbert JO et al., Patient. Prefer. Adherence, 2010, 4, 355-362).
The presence of a high nicotine affinity binding site in the nAChR α4β2, in the descending inhibitory pathways of the brain stem has aroused interest in the antinociceptive properties of nicotinic ACh receptor agonists such as epibatidine (Decker MW et al. ., Expert. Opin. Investig. Drugs, 2001, 10, 1819 1830). Several new developments have opened the area of the use of nicotinic modulators for pain therapy (Rowbotham MC et al., Pain, 2009, 146, 245-252). Proper modulation of nicotinic ACh receptors could provide a method of remedy for pain-related conditions.
Another key role of nAChR α7 is the ability to modulate the production of proinflammatory cytokines, such as interleukins (IL), tumor necrosis factor alpha (TNF-α) and the high mobility group case (HMGB-1) in the Central Nervous System. Therefore, an anti-inflammatory and antinociceptive effect in painful disorders has been demonstrated (Damaj MI et al., Neuropharmacology. 2000, 39, 2785-2791). Additionally, it is proposed that the 'anti-inflammatory cholinergic pathway' is a regulator of local and systemic neuroimmune interactions and inflammation through the neural and humoral pathways (Gallowitsch-Puerta M et al., Life Sci., 2007, 80, 2325 -2329; Gallowitsch-Puerta and Pavlov 2007; Rosas-Ballina M et al., Mol. Med., 2009, 15, 195-202; Rosas-Ballina M et al., J. Intern. Med. 2009, 265, 663 -679). Selective modulators of nicotinic ACh receptors, particularly α7 type, such as GTS-21, attenuate the production of cytokines and IL-1β after endotoxin exposure. In addition, it is understood that the nAChR α7 have a central role in the pathogenesis of arthritis and are a potential therapeutic strategy for the treatment of joint inflammation (Westman M et al., Scand. J. Immunol., 2009, 70 , 136-140). An alleged role of nAChR α7 has also been implicated in severe sepsis, endotoxemic shock and systemic inflammation (Jin Y et al. (2010) Int. J. Immunogenet., Liu C et al., Crit. Care. Med. , 2009, 37, 634-641).
Angiogenesis is a physiological process critical for cell survival and pathologically important for cancer proliferation; Several non-neural nicotinic ACh receptors are involved, in particular α7, α5, α3, β2, β4 (Arias HR et al., Int. J. Biochem. Cell. Biol., 2009, 41, 1441-1451; Heeschen C et al., J. Clin. Invest., 2002, 110, 527-536). A role of nicotinic ACh receptors in the development of cervical cancer, lung carcinogenesis and pediatric pulmonary disorders in the tobacco-exposed population has also been studied (Calleja-Macias IE et al., Int. J. Cancer., 2009 , 124, 1090-1096; Schuller HM et al., Eur. J. Pharmacol., 2000, 393, 265-277). Several nAChR α7 agonists, partial agonists, have been characterized by their efficacy in clinical and preclinical studies. EVP-6124, a nAChR α7 agonist, has demonstrated a significant improvement in sensory processing and cognition biomarkers in a Phase Ib study with patients suffering from

schizophrenia (press release from EnVivo Pharmaceuticals, January 12, 2009). GTS-21 (DMXBanabasein), a nAChR α7 agonist, in the P II clinical trials, has demonstrated efficacy in improving cognitive deficits in schizophrenia and inhibiting the release of endotoxin-induced TNF-α (Olincy A et al., Biol. Psychiatry 2005, 57 (8, supl.), Summary 44; Olincy A et al., Arch. Gen. Psychiatry., 2006, 63, 630-638; Goldstein R et al., Acad. Emerg. Med., 2007, 14 (15, supplement 1), Summary 474). CP-810123, an nAChR α7 agonist, presents protection against scopolamine-induced dementia and inhibition of auditory evoked potentials induced by amphetamines in preclinical studies (O'Donnell CJ et al., J. Med. Chem., 2010, 53, 1222-1237). SSR180711A, also a nAChR α7 agonist, enhances learning and memory and protects against MK-801 / Escopolamine induced memory loss and prepulse inhibition in preclinical studies (Redrobe JP et al., Eur. J. Pharmacol., 2009 , 602, 58-65; Dunlop J et al., J. Pharmacol Exp. Ther. 2009, 328, 766-776; Pichat P et al., Neuropsychopharmacology, 2007, 32, 17-34). SEN-12333 protected against amnesia induced by scopolamine in the passive avoidance test in preclinical studies (Roncarati R et al., J. Pharmacol. Exp. Ther., 2009, 329, 459468). AR-R-17779, an agonist of nAChR α7, presents an improvement in the exercise of social recognition performed in rats (Van KM et al., Psychopharmacology (Berl), 2004, 172, 375-383). ABBF, an agonist of nAChR α7, improves social recognition memory and working memory in the exercise of the Morris labyrinth in rats (Boess FG et al., J. Pharmacol. Exp. Ther., 2007, 321, 716- 725). TC-5619, a selective nAChR α7 agonist has demonstrated efficacy in animal models of positive and negative symptoms and cognitive dysfunction in schizophrenia (Hauser TA et al., Biochem. Pharmacol., 2009, 78, 803-812).
An alternative strategy to reinforce or enhance endogenous cholinergic neurotransmission of ACh without directly stimulating the target receptor is positive allosteric modulation (MAP) of nAChR α7 (Albuquerque EX et al., Alzheimer Dis. Assoc. Disord., 2001, 15 Supl 1 , S19-S25). Several MAPs have been characterized, although in the preclinical stages of the discovery. A-86774, a MAP of nAChR α7, improves sensory stimulation in DBA / 2 mice by significantly reducing the T: C ratio in a preclinical model of schizophrenia (Faghih R et al., J. Med. Chem., 2009, 52, 3377-3384). XY-4083, a MAP of nAChR α7, normalizes sensitivomotor stimulation deficits in DBA / 2 mice and memory acquisition of an 8-layered radial labyrinth without altering the kinetics of receptor desensitization (Ng HJ et al., Proc Natl. Acad. Sci., USA, 2007, 104, 8059-8064). However, another MAP, PNU-120596, profoundly alters the kinetics of desensitization of nAChR α7 and simultaneously protects against interruption of prepulse inhibition by MK-801. NS-1738, another MAP, has shown efficacy in vivo in animal models of social recognition and acquisition of spatial memory in the exercise of the Morris labyrinth (Timmermann DB et al., J. Pharmacol. Exp. Ther., 2007, 323 , 294-307). In addition, several patents / applications published below are listed - documents US20060142349, US20070142450, US20090253691, WO2007031440, WO2009115547, WO2009135944, WO2009127678, WO2009127679, WO2009043780, WO2009043784, US768301209, 1009202106, 6119202106, 6119202106 WO2010130768, WO2011036167, US20100190819 disclose the effectiveness of allosteric modulators of nicotinic ACh receptors and highlight their therapeutic potential.
Summary of the invention
In accordance with one aspect of the present invention, compounds represented by the general formula I, their tautomeric forms, their stereoisomers, their pharmaceutically acceptable salts and the pharmaceutical compositions containing them are provided. Thus, the present invention further provides a pharmaceutical composition, which contains the compounds of general formula (I) as defined herein, their tautomeric forms, their stereoisomers, their pharmaceutically acceptable salts, in combination with the carriers, diluents. and similar similar ones for pharmaceutical use, which are useful for the treatment and / or prophylaxis of diseases or disorders or conditions such as Alzheimer's disease (AD), mild cognitive impairment (DCL), senile dementia, vascular dementia, Parkinson's disease dementia, attention deficit disorder, attention deficit hyperactivity disorder (ADHD), dementia associated with Lewy bodies, AIDS dementia complex (CDS), Pick's disease, Dementia associated with Down syndrome, Huntington's disease, cognitive deficits associated with head trauma (TBI), cognitive impairment ivo associated with stroke, post-stroke neuroprotection, cognitive and sensitivomotor stimulation deficits associated with schizophrenia, cognitive deficits associated with bipolar disorder, cognitive impairments associated with depression, acute pain, post-surgical or postoperative pain, chronic pain, inflammation, inflammatory pain, neuropathic pain, quitting smoking, the need for growth of new blood vessels associated with wound healing, the need for growth of new blood vessels associated with vascularization of skin grafts and lack of circulation, arthritis, rheumatoid arthritis, psoriasis, Crohn's disease, ulcerative colitis, reservoritis, inflammatory bowel disease, celiac disease, periodontitis, sarcoidosis, pancreatitis, transplant rejection organs, acute immune disease associated with organ transplantation, disease in Chronic community disease associated with organ transplantation, septic shock, toxic shock syndrome, sepsis syndrome, depression and rheumatoid spondylitis.
The present invention also provides a pharmaceutical composition, which contains the compounds of general formula (I) as defined herein, their tautomeric forms, their stereoisomers, their pharmaceutically acceptable salts, in combination with the usual carriers, diluents and the like of use


Pharmacist, which are useful for the treatment and / or prophylaxis of diseases or disorders or classified conditions
or diagnosed as major or minor neurocognitive disorders, or disorders that arise due to neurodegeneration.
A method of administration of a compound of formula I is also described herein, as defined herein in combination with, or as a supplement to, the medications used in the treatment of attention deficit hyperactivity disorders. , schizophrenia and other cognitive disorders such as Alzheimer's disease, Parkinson's dementia, vascular dementia or dementia associated with Levy's bodies, head trauma.
A method of administration of a compound of formula I is also described herein, as defined herein in combination with, or as a supplement to, acetylcholinesterase inhibitors, drugs or disease modifying biological products for neurodegenerative disorders, dopaminergic drugs, antidepressants, typical or atypical antipsychotics.
The present invention also provides the use of a compound of formula I as defined herein in the preparation of a medicament for the treatment of a disease or disorder or condition selected from the group classified or diagnosed as major or minor neurocognitive disorders. or disorders that arise due to neurodegeneration.
The present invention also provides the use of a compound of formula I as defined herein in the preparation of a medicament for the treatment of a disease or disorder or condition selected from the group consisting of attention deficit disorders. with hyperactivity, schizophrenia, cognitive disorders, Alzheimer's disease, Parkinson's dementia, dementia
25 vascular or dementia associated with Lewy bodies and head trauma.
The present disclosure also provides the use of a compound of formula I as defined herein in combination with, or as a supplement to, acetylcholinesterase inhibitors, drugs or disease modifying biological products for neurodegenerative disorders, drugs
30 dopaminergic, antidepressants, typical or atypical antipsychotics.
Detailed description of the invention:
The present invention relates to new compounds of general formula I, their tautomeric forms, stereoisomers, their pharmaceutically acceptable salts and pharmaceutical compositions containing them.
wherein, in the compound of formula I, 40 Z is selected from the group consisting of -S-, -O-and -N (Ra) -;
Ra
is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl;
R1
is selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl;
R2
50 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, halogen, perhaloalkyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, cyano, nitro, (R7) (R8) N-, R7aC (= O) N (R7) -, (R7) (R8) NC (= A1) N (R9) -, R7aOC (= O) NR9-, R7aSO2N (R8) -, R7A1 and R7aC (= O) -;

R3
it is selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, wherein each of said optionally substituted cycloalkyl and optionally substituted heterocyclyl is optionally ringed or optionally attached, ( R7) (R8) N-, (R7) N (OR8) -and R7A1-;
[R4] m is the 'm' times repetition of the 'R4' groups, each R4 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, cyano, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted heteroalkyl, cycloalkyl optionally substituted, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, R7aC (= O) -, R7aSO2-R7A1-, (R7a) C (= O) N (R9) -, (R7) (R8) N-, (R7) (R8) NC ( = A1) N (R9) -; in which m = 0 to 3; or two R4 groups and the carbon atoms to which they are attached together form an optionally substituted 5 to 6 membered cyclic system that optionally contains 1 to 4 heteroatoms / groups selected from the group consisting of -N-, -S- , -O-, -C (= O) -y -C (= S) -;
R5 and R6 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, R7aC (= O) -, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl and optionally substituted heteroaryl; or R5 and R6 together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form an optionally substituted 3 to 10-membered saturated / unsaturated heterocyclic ring system containing one to three heteroatoms / groups selected from the group consisting of -S-, - N-, -O-, -C (= O) -y -C (= S) -;
wherein R7, R8 and R9 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted heteroalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl and optionally substituted heterocyclyl ;
A1 is selected from the group consisting of O and S;
R7a
is selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted heteroalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl and optionally substituted heterocyclyl,
in which,
the term "optionally substituted alkyl" means an alkyl group unsubstituted or substituted with 1 to 6substituents independently selected from the group consisting of oxo, halogen, nitro, cyano, aryl,heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, R10aSO2-, R10A1-, R10aOC (= O) -, R10aC (= O) O-, (R10) (H) NC (= O) -, (R10) (alkyl) NC (= O) - ,R10aC (= O) N (H) -, (R10) (H) N-, (R10) (alkyl) N-, (R10) (H) NC (= A1) N (H) -y (R10) ( alkyl) NC (= A1) N (H) -;the term "optionally substituted alkenyl" means an alkenyl group unsubstituted or substituted with 1 to 6substituents independently selected from the group consisting of oxo, halogen, nitro, cyano, aryl,heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, R10aSO2-, R10A1-, R10aOC (= O) -, R10aC (= O) O-, (R10) (H) NC (= O) -, (R10) (alkyl) NC (= O) - ,R10aC (= O) N (H) -, (R10) (H) N-, (R10) (alkyl) N-, (R10) (H) NC (= A1) N (H) -y (R10) ( alkyl) NC (= A1) N (H) -;the term "optionally substituted alkynyl" means an alkynyl group unsubstituted or substituted with 1 to 6substituents independently selected from the group consisting of oxo, halogen, nitro, cyano, aryl,heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, R10aSO2-, R10A1-, R10aOC (= O) -, R10aC (= O) O-, (R10) (H) NC (= O) -, (R10) (alkyl) NC (= O) - ,R10aC (= O) N (H) -, (R10) (H) N-, (R10) (alkyl) N-, (R10) (H) NC (= A1) N (H) -y (R10) ( alkyl) NC (= A1) N (H) -;the term "optionally substituted heteroalkyl" means an unsubstituted or substituted heteroalkyl groupwith 1 to 6 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of oxo, halogen, nitro,cyano, aryl, heteroaryl and cycloalkyl;the term "optionally substituted cycloalkyl" means a cycloalkyl group unsubstituted or substituted with 1to 6 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of oxo, halogen, nitro, cyano,
R10aSO2-, R10A1
aryl, heteroaryl, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, R10aC (= O) -, -, R10aOC (= O) -, R10aC (= O) O-, (R10) (H) NC (= O) -, (R10) (alkyl) NC (= O) -, R10aC (= O) N (H) -, (R10) (H) N-, (R10) (alkyl) N-, (R10) (H) NC (= A1) N (H) -y (R10) (alkyl) NC (= A1) N (H) -; the term "optionally substituted aryl" means (i) an aryl group unsubstituted or substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, C1 to C6 alkyl, C2 to C6 alkenyl, alkynyl C2 to C6, C3 to C6 cycloalkyl, C1 to C6 perhaloalkyl, alkyl-O-, alkenyl-O-, alkynyl-O-, perhaloalkyl-O-, alkyl-N (alkyl) -, alkyl-N (H) -, H2N-, alkyl-SO2-, perhaloalkyl-SO2-, alkyl-C (= O) N (alkyl) -, alkyl-C (= O) N (H) -, alkyl-N (alkyl) C (= O) -, alkyl-N (H) C (= O) -, H2NC (= O) -, alkylN (alkyl) SO2-, alkyl-N (H) SO2-, H2NSO2-, 3 to 6-membered heterocycle containing 1 to 2 heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of N, O and S, wherein said 3 to 6 membered heterocycle is optionally substituted with alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl or C-alkyl (= O) -o (ii) said unsubstituted or optionally substituted aryl ring fused to a cycloalkane ring or a heterocycle ring containing 1 to 3 heteroatoms selected from S, O, N, through a bond, wherein said cycloalkane ring or heterocycle ring is optionally substituted with oxo, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl or C-alkyl (= O) -: expression "optionally substituted heterocyclyl" means an unsubstituted or substituted heterocyclyl (i) group

in the ring carbons with 1 to 6 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of oxo, halogen, nitro, cyano, aryl, heteroaryl, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, R10A1-, R10aOC (= O) -, R10aC (= O ) O-, (R10) (H) NC (= O) -, (R10) (alkyl) NC (O) -, R10aC (= O) N (H) -, (R10) (H) N-, ( R10) (alkyl) N-, (R10) (H) NC (= A1) N (H) -y (R10) (alkyl) NC (= A1) N (H) -; (ii) heterocyclyl group optionally substituted on the nitrogen or ring nitrogen with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of heteroaryl, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, R10aC (= O) -, R10aSO2-, R10aOC (= O) - , (R10) (H) NC (= O) -, (R10) (alkyl) NC (= O) -and aryl unsubstituted or substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from halogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cyano or nitro; the term "optionally substituted heteroaryl" means a heteroaryl group unsubstituted or substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, C1 to C6 alkyl, C2 to C6 alkenyl, C2 to C6 alkynyl , C3 to C6 cycloalkyl, C1 to C6 perhaloalkyl, alkyl-O-, alkenyl-O-, alkynyl-O-, perhaloalkyl-O-, alkyl-N (alkyl) -, alkyl-N (H) -, H2N-, alkyl-SO2-, perhaloalkyl-SO2-, alkyl-C (= O) N (alkyl) -, alkyl-C (= O) N (H) -, alkyl-N (alkyl) C (= O) -, alkyl -N (H) C (= O) -, H2NC (= O) -, alkylN (alkyl) SO2-, alkyl-N (H) SO2-, H2NSO2- and a 3- to 6-membered heterocycle containing 1 to 2 heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of N, O and S, in which the heterocycle is optionally substituted with one to four substituents selected from the group consisting of alkyl alkenyl, alkynyl or C-alkyl (= O) -; the term "optionally substituted 5 to 6 member cyclic system" means the 5 to 6 member cyclic system unsubstituted or substituted with 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of oxo, halogen, nitro, cyano, aryl, heteroaryl, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, R10aC (= O) -, R10aSO2-, R10A1-, R10aOC (= O) -, R10aC (= O) O-, (R10) (H) NC (= O) -, (R10) (alkyl) NC (= O) -, R10aC (= O) N (H) -, (R10) (H) N-, (R10) (alkyl) N-, (R10) (H) NC (= A1) N (H) -y (R10) (alkyl) NC (= A1) N (H) -: the term "optionally substituted 3 to 10 membered saturated / unsaturated heterocyclic ring system" means the saturated / unsaturated heterocyclic ring system 3 to 10 members unsubstituted or substituted with 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of oxo, halogen, nitro, cyano, aryl, heteroaryl,
R10aSO2-, R10A1
alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, R10aC (= O) -, -, R10aOC (= O) -, R10aC (= O) O-, (R10) (H) NC (= O) -,(R10) (alkyl) NC (= O) -, R10aC (= O) N (H) -, (R10) (H) N-, (R10) (alkyl) N-, (R10) (H) NC ( = A1) N (H) -y(R10) (alkyl) NC (= A1) N (H) -:wherein R10 is selected from hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl orheterocyclyl,and R10a is selected from the group consisting of alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, perhaloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl,cycloalkyl or heterocyclyl.
Whenever a range of the number of atoms in a structure is indicated (for example, an alkyl or alkylamino, etc. C1-12, C1-8, C1-6 or C1-4), it is specifically contemplated that any sub-interval can also be used or individual number of carbon atoms belonging to the indicated range. Thus, for example, the enumeration of a range of 1-8 carbon atoms (for example, C1-C8), 1-6 carbon atoms (for example, C1-C6), 1-4 carbon atoms ( for example, C1-C4), 1-3 carbon atoms (for example, C1-C3) or 2-8 carbon atoms (for example, C2-C8) as used with respect to any chemical group (for example, alkyl, alkylamino, etc.) referenced herein encompasses and specifically describes 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 and / or 12 carbon atoms, as appropriate, as well as any subinterval thereof (for example, 1-2 carbon atoms, 1-3 carbon atoms, 1-4 carbon atoms, 1-5 carbon atoms, 1-6 carbon atoms, 1-7 carbon atoms carbon, 1-8 carbon atoms, 1-9 carbon atoms, 1-10 carbon atoms, 1-11 carbon atoms, 1-12 carbon atoms, 2-3 carbon atoms, 2-4 carbon atoms , 2-5 carbon atoms, 2-6 carbon atoms, 2-7 carbon atoms, 2-8 carbon atoms carbon, 2-9 carbon atoms, 2-10 carbon atoms, 2-11 carbon atoms, 2-12 carbon atoms, 3-4 carbon atoms, 3-5 carbon atoms, 3-6 carbon atoms , 3-7 carbon atoms, 3-8 carbon atoms, 3-9 carbon atoms, 3-10 carbon atoms, 3-11 carbon atoms, 3-12 carbon atoms, 4-5 carbon atoms, 4-6 carbon atoms, 4-7 carbon atoms, 4-8 carbon atoms, 4-9 carbon atoms, 4-10 carbon atoms, 4-11 carbon atoms and / or 4-12 carbon atoms , etc., as appropriate).
An embodiment of the present invention is the compound of formula Ia;
wherein R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6 and m are as defined above. Another embodiment of the present invention is the compound of formula Ib;


wherein R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, Ra and m are as defined above. Another embodiment of the present invention is the compound of formula Ic;
wherein R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6 and m are as defined above.
In any of the embodiments of the invention described above, R1 is selected in particular from the group consisting of pyridyl, furanyl, indolyl, N-methylisoindolyl, benzofuranyl, piperazinyl, 4- (4-fluorophenyl) piperazinyl, morpholinyl, indolinyl, 2- oxoindolinyl, 2,3-dihydrobenzo [b] [1,4] dioxinyl, benzopyranyl, or phenyl optionally substituted with 1 to 2 substituents selected from the group consisting of halo, cyclopropyl,
Trifluoromethyl, methoxy, ethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, methyl, ethyl, dimethylamino, monomethylamino, tert-butyl and 4-methylpiperazinyl.
In any of the embodiments described above, R2 is selected in particular from the group consisting of hydrogen, methyl, dimethylamino and dimethylaminomethyl.
In any of the embodiments described above, R3 is selected in particular from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, methoxy, ethoxy, dimethylamino, N-methoxy-N-methyl amino, N- (2-hydroxy ethyl ) -N-propyl amino, acetylaminomethyl and piperidinyl.
In any of the embodiments described above, R5 and R6 are selected in particular independently from the group consisting of hydrogen and methyl, or R4 and R5 together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form a piperidine ring.
In any of the embodiments described above, m is selected in particular between 0, 1 or 2 and R4 is selected from methyl or two R4 together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached forming a six-membered carbocycle.
In any of the embodiments described above, Ra is selected in particular from the group consisting of hydrogen, methyl, ethyl and cyclopropylmethyl.
In any of the embodiments of the present invention of the compound of formula I, R 1 is selected from the group consisting of pyridyl, furanyl, indolyl, N-methylisoindolyl, benzofuranyl, piperazinyl, 4- (4-fluorophenyl) piperazinyl, morpholinyl, indolinyl, 2-oxoindolinyl, 2,3-dihydrobenzo [b] [1,4] dioxinyl, benzopyranyl and phenyl optionally substituted with 1 to 2 substituents selected from the group consisting of halo, cyclopropyl,
40 trifluoromethyl, methoxy, ethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, methyl, ethyl, dimethylamino, monomethylamino and tert-butyl, 4-R2
methylpiperazinyl; is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, methyl, dimethylamino and R3
dimethylaminomethyl; is selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, methoxy, ethoxy, dimethylamino, N-methoxy-N-methyl amino, N- (2-hydroxy ethyl) -N-propyl amino, acetylaminomethyl, piperidinyl; R5 and R6 are independently selected from hydrogen and methyl, or R5 and R6 together with the nitrogen atom to which they are
Together they form a piperidine ring: m is selected from 0, 1 or 2, and R4 is selected from methyl or two R4 together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a six-membered carbocycle; and Ra is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, methyl, ethyl and cyclopropylmethyl.

In any of the embodiments described above, R1 is selected in particular from the group consisting of 4-chlorophenyl, 2-chlorophenyl, 3-chlorophenyl, 4-fluorophenyl, 4-cyclopropylphenyl, 4-trifluoromethylphenyl, 4methoxyphenyl, 4-ethoxyphenyl, 3 -ethoxyphenyl, 4-tolyl, 4-tert-butyl phenyl, 4-dimethylaminophenyl, 3-fluorophenyl, phenyl, 4-ethylphenyl, 3,4-dichlorophenyl, 2,4-dichlorophenyl, 2,4-difluorophenyl, 3-chloro- 4-fluorophenyl, 3-chloro-4-methoxyphenyl, piperazin-1yl, 4- (fluorophenyl) piperazinyl, morpholino, pyridin-4-yl, pyridin-3-yl, furan-3-yl, 1H-indole-5-yl , 1-methyl-1H-indole-5-yl, benzofuran-5-yl, indolin-5-yl, 4- (4-methylpiperazin-1-yl) phenyl and 2,3-dihydrobenzo [b] [1,4 ] dioxin-6-yl).
In any of the embodiments described above, Z is selected in particular as S.
The general terms used in the formula can be defined as follows; However, the indicated meaning should not be construed as limiting the scope of the term itself.
The term "alkyl," as used herein, means a straight or branched chain hydrocarbon containing 1 to 20 carbon atoms. Preferably, the alkyl chain may contain from 1 to 10 carbon atoms. More preferably, the alkyl chain may contain up to 6 carbon atoms. Representative examples of alkyl include, but are not limited to, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, sec-butyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, n-pentyl, isopentyl, neopentyl and n-hexyl .
The term "alkenyl" as used herein, means an "alkyl" group as defined hereinbefore containing from 2 to 20 carbon atoms and containing at least one double bond.
The term "alkynyl" as used herein, means an "alkyl" group as defined hereinbefore containing from 2 to 20 carbon atoms and containing at least one triple bond.
"Alkyl", "alkenyl" or "alkynyl", as defined hereinbefore, may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from the group comprising oxo, halogen, nitro, cyano, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, R10aSO2-, R10A1-, R10aOC (= O) -, R10aC (= O) O-, (R10) (H) NC (= O) -, (R10) (alkyl) NC (= O) -, R10C (= O) N (H) -, (R10) (H) N-, (R10) (alkyl) N-, (R10) (H) NC (= A1) N (H) -,
R10
(R10) (alkyl) NC (= A1) N (H) -; in which hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl or heterocyclyl is selected; and A1 is selected from S and O; and R10a is selected from alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, perhaloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl or heterocyclyl.
The term "perhaloalkyl" used herein means an alkyl group as defined hereinbefore in which all hydrogen atoms of said alkyl group are substituted with halogen. The perhaloalkyl group is exemplified by trifluoromethyl, pentafluoroethyl and the like.
The term "heteroalkyl", as used herein means a hetero-modified 'alkyl' group, where a CH2 group is modified (or replaced) by -O-, -S-, -S (O2) -, - S (O) -, -N (Rm) -, Si (Rm) Rn-in which, Rm and Rn
they are independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl and heterocyclyl. The group thus includes the links such as CH3-S-, CH3-CH2-O-, CH3-O-CH2-, CH3-S-CH2-, CH3N (Rm) -CH2-, CH3-Si (RIII) Rn -CH2-and the like.
The term "cycloalkyl" as used herein, means a monocyclic, bicyclic or tricyclic non-aromatic ring system containing from 3 to 14 carbon atoms, preferably a monocyclic cycloalkyl ring containing from 3 to 6 carbon atoms. . Examples of monocyclic ring systems include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl and cyclooctyl. Bicyclic ring systems are also exemplified by a bonded monocyclic ring system in which two non-adjacent carbon atoms of the monocyclic ring are joined by an alkylene bond. Representative examples of bicyclic ring systems include, but are not limited to, bicycles [3.1.1] heptane, bicycles [2.2.1] heptane, bicycles [2.2.2] octane, bicycles [3.2.2] nonano, bicycles [ 3.3.1] nonano and bicyclo [4.2.1] nonano, bicyclo [3.3.2] dean, bicyclo [3.1.0] hexane, bicyclo [410] heptane, bicyclo [3.2.0] heptane, octahydro-1H-indene. Tricyclic ring systems are also exemplified by a bicyclic ring system in which two non-adjacent carbon atoms of the bicyclic ring are linked by a bond or an alkylene bond. Representative examples of tricyclic ring systems include, but are not limited to, tricycle [3.3.1.03.7] nonane and tricycle [3.3.1.13.7] dean (adamantane). The term cycloalkyl also includes spiro systems in which one of the rings is ringed in a single carbon atom, said ring systems are exemplified by spiro [2.5] octane, spiro [4.5] dean, spiro [bicyclo [4.1.0] heptane-2,1'-cyclopentane], hexahydro-2'Hespiro [cyclopropane-1,1'-pentalene]. The cycloalkyl as defined hereinbefore may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of oxo, halogen, nitro,
R10A1
cyano, aryl, heteroaryl, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, R10aC (= O) -, R10aSO2-, -, R10aOC (= O) -, R10aC (= O) O-, (R10) (H) NC (= O) -, (R10) (alkyl) NC (= O) -, R10aC (= O) N (H) -, (R10) (H) N-, (R10) (alkyl) N-, (R10) (H) NC (= A1) N (H) -,
R10
(R10) (alkyl) NC (= A1) N (H) -; in which hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl or heterocyclyl is selected; and A1 is selected from S and O; and R10a is selected from alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, perhaloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl or heterocyclyl.

The term "aryl" refers to a monovalent, bicyclic or tricyclic monovalent aromatic hydrocarbon ring system. Examples of aryl groups include phenyl, naphthyl, anthracenyl, fluorenyl indenyl, azulenyl and the like. The aryl group also includes partially saturated bicyclic and tricyclic aromatic hydrocarbons such as tetrahydro-naphthalene. Said aryl group also includes aryl rings fused with heteroaryl or heterocyclic rings such as 2,3-dihydro-benzo [1,4] dioxin-6-yl; 2,3-dihydro-benzo [1,4] dioxin-5-yl; 2,3-dihydrobenzofuran-5-yl; 2,3-dihydro-benzofuran-4-yl; 2,3-dihydro-benzofuran-6-yl; 2,3-dihydro-benzofuran-6-yl; 2,3-dihydro1H-indole-5-yl; 2,3-dihydro-1H-indole-4-yl; 2,3-dihydro-1H-indole-6-yl; 2,3-dihydro-1H-indole-7-yl; benzo [1,3] dioxol-4-yl; benzo [1,3] dioxol-5-yl; 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolinyl; 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinolinyl; 2,3-dihydrobenzothien-4-yl, 2oxoindoline-5-yl.
Aryl as defined hereinbefore may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, C1 to C6 alkyl, C2 to C6 alkenyl, C2 to C6 alkynyl, C3 to C6 cycloalkyl, C1 to C6 perhaloalkyl, alkyl-O-, alkenyl-O-, alkynyl-O-, perhaloalkyl-O-, alkyl-N (alkyl) -, alkyl-N (H) -, H2N-, alkyl -SO2-, perhaloalkyl-SO2-, alkyl C (= O) N (alkyl) -, alkyl-C (= O) N (H) -, alkyl-N (alkyl) C (= O) -, alkyl-N ( H) C (= O) -, H2NC (= O) -, alkyl-N (alkyl) SO2-, alkylN (H) SO2-, H2NSO2-, 3- to 6-membered heterocycle containing 1 to 2 heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of N, O and S optionally substituted with alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl or C-alkyl (= O) -.
The term "heteroaryl" refers to a 5-14 membered monocyclic, bicyclic or tricyclic ring system that has 1-4 ring heteroatoms selected from O, N or S and the rest of the carbon ring atoms (with atoms appropriate hydrogen unless otherwise indicated), in which, at least one ring in the ring system is aromatic. Heteroaryl groups may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents. In one embodiment, 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4 atoms of each ring of a heteroaryl group may be substituted with a substituent. Examples of heteroaryl groups include pyridyl, 1-oxo-pyridyl, furanyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, oxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, imidazolyl, thiazolyl, isoxazolyl, quinolinyl, pyrazolyl, isothiazolyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, triazinyl, triazolyl, thiadiazolyl, isoquinolinyl, benzoxazolyl, benzofuranyl, indolizinyl, imidazopyridyl, tetrazolyl, benzimidazolyl, benzothiazolyl, benzothiadiazolyl, benzoxadiazolyl, indolyl, azaindolyl, imidazopyridyl, quinazolinyl, purinyl, pyrrolo [2,3] pyrimidinyl, pyrazolo [3,4] pyrimidinyl, benzo (b) thienyl, 2,3-thiadiazolyl, 1H-pyrazolo [5,1-c] -1,2,4triazolyl, pyrrolo [3,4-d] -1,2,3-triazolyl, cyclopentatriazolyl, 3H-pyrrolo [3,4- c] isoxazolyl and the like.
The heteroaryl as defined above may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, nitro cyano, hydroxy, C1 to C6 alkyl, C2 to C6 alkenyl, C2 to C6 alkynyl, C3 to C6 cycloalkyl , C1 to C6 perhaloalkyl, alkyl-O-, alkenyl-O-, alkynyl-O-, perhaloalkyl-O-, alkyl-N (alkyl) -, alkyl-N (H) -, H2N-, alkyl-SO2-, perhaloalkyl-SO2-, alkyl-C (= O) N (alkyl) -, alkyl-C (= O) N (H) -, alkyl-N (alkyl) C (= O) -, alkyl-N (H) C (= O) -, H2NC (= O) -, alkyl-N (alkyl) SO2-, alkyl-N (H) SO2-, H2NSO2-, a 3- to 6-membered heterocycle containing 1 to 2 selected heteroatoms between N, O and S optionally substituted with alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl or C-alkyl (= O) -.
The term "heterocycle" or "heterocyclic" as used herein, means a 'cycloalkyl' group in which one or more of the carbon atoms replaced by -O-, -S-, -S (O2) - , -S (O) -, -N (Rm) -, -Si (Rm) Rn-, in which, Rm Rn
and are independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl and heterocyclyl. The heterocycle may be connected to the parent molecular moiety through any carbon atom or any nitrogen atom contained within the heterocycle. Representative examples of monocyclic heterocycle include, but are not limited to, azetidinyl, azepanyl, aziridinyl, diazepanyl, 1,3-dioxanyl, 1,3-dioxolanyl, 1,3-dithiolanyl, 1,3-dithianyl, imidazolinyl, imidazolidinyl, isothiazolinyl, isothiazolidinyl, isoxazolinyl, isoxazolidinyl, morpholinyl, oxadiazolinyl, oxadiazolidinyl, oxazolinyl, oxazolidinyl, piperazinyl, piperidinyl, pyranyl, pyrazolinyl, pyrazolidinyl, pyrrolinyl, thiothiazyl thiazolia, tyrrolidinyl, tyrrolidinyl, tyrrolidinyl, thyrolydiazyl thiazadiazolide, tyrrolidinyl, thiozydiazidiazole, thiozydiazidiazyl, thiazolidiazyl thiazidiazole, tyridyl thiazadiazolide dioxidothiomorpholinyl (thiomorphol sulfone), tipiranyl and trityanyl. Representative examples of bicyclic heterocycle include, but are not limited to 1,3-benzodioxolyl, 1,3-benzodithiolyl, 2,3-dihydro-1,4-benzodioxynyl, 2,3-dihydro-1-benzofuranyl, 2,3-dihydro -1-benzothienyl, 2,3-dihydro-1H-indolyl and 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolinyl. The term "heterocycle" also includes attached heterocyclic systems such as azabicyclo [3.2.1] octane, azabicyclo [3.3.1] nonane and the like.
The heterocyclyl group may be optionally substituted on the carbons of the ring with one or more substituents independently selected from the group comprising oxo, halogen, nitro, cyano, aryl, heteroaryl, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, R10A-, R10aOC (= O) -, R10aC (= O) O-, (R10) (H) NC (= O) -, (R10) (alkyl) NC (O) -, R10aC (= O) N (H) -, (R10) ( H) N-, (R10) (alkyl) N-, (R10) (H) NC (= A1) N (H) -, (R10) (alkyl) NC (= A1) N (H) -; wherein R10 is selected from hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl or heterocyclyl; and A1 is selected from S and O; and R10a is selected from alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, perhaloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl or heterocyclyl.
The heterocyclyl group may also be optionally substituted on the nitrogen or ring nitrogen with substituents selected from the group consisting of aryl, heteroaryl, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, R10aC (= O) -, R10aSO2-, R10aOC (= O) - , (R10) (H) NC (= O) -, (R10) (alkyl) NC (= O) -; wherein R10 is selected from hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl or heterocyclyl; and R10a is selected from alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, perhaloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl or heterocyclyl.

The term "oxo" means a divalent oxygen (= O) attached to the parent group. For example, the oxo attached to the carbon forms a carbonyl, the oxo substituted in the cyclohexane forms a cyclohexanone and the like.
The term "ringed" means that the ring system examined is ringed with another ring, either in a carbon atom of the cyclic system or through a link in the cyclic system as in the case of spiro or condensed ring systems.
The term "bound" means that the ring system examined contains an alkylene bond having 1 to 4 methylene units that join two non-adjacent ring atoms.
A compound, its stereoisomers, racemates, the pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof as described hereinbefore in which the compound of general formula I is selected from:
one. 4- (5- (4-chlorophenyl) -4-methyl-2-propionylthiophene-3-yl) benzenesulfonamide.
2. 4- (5- (2-Chlorophenyl) -4-methyl-2-propionylthiophene-3-yl) benzenesulfonamide.
3. 4- (5- (3-chlorophenyl) -4-methyl-2-propionylthiophene-3-yl) benzenesulfonamide.
Four. 4- (5- (4-fluorophenyl) -4-methyl-2-propionylthiophene-3-yl) benzenesulfonamide.
5. 4- (5- (4-Cyclopropylphenyl) -4-methyl-2-propionylthiophene-3-yl) benzenesulfonamide.
6. 4- (4-methyl-2-propionyl-5- (4- (trifluoromethyl) phenyl) thiophene-3-yl) benzenesulfonamide.
7. 4- (5- (4-methoxyphenyl) -4-methyl-2-propionylthiophene-3-yl) benzenesulfonamide.
8. 4- (5- (4-ethoxyphenyl) -4-methyl-2-propionylthiophene-3-yl) benzenesulfonamide.
9. 4- (4-methyl-2-propionyl-5- (4- (trifluoromethoxy) phenyl) thiophene-3-yl) benzenesulfonamide.
10. 4- (4-methyl-2-propionyl-5- (4-tolyl) thiophene-3-yl) benzenesulfonamide.
eleven. 4- (5- (4- (tert-Butyl) phenyl) -4-methyl-2-propionylthiophene-3-yl) benzenesulfonamide.
12. 4 - ((5- (4-dimethylamino) phenyl) -4-methyl-2-propionylthiophene-3-yl) benzenesulfonamide.
13. 4- (5- (3-fluorophenyl) -4-methyl-2-propionylthiophene-3-yl) benzenesulfonamide.
14. 4- (4-methyl-5-phenyl-2-propionylthiophene-3-yl) benzenesulfonamide.
fifteen. 4- (5- (3-ethoxyphenyl) -4-methyl-2-propionylthiophene-3-yl) benzenesulfonamide.
16. 4- (5- (4-ethylphenyl) -4-methyl-2-propionylthiophene-3-yl) benzenesulfonamide.
17. 4- (5- (3,4-dichlorophenyl) -4-methyl-2-propionylthiophene-3-yl) benzenesulfonamide.
18. 4- (5- (2,4-Dichlorophenyl) -4-methyl-2-propionylthiophene-3-yl) benzenesulfonamide.
19. 4- (5- (2,4-difluorophenyl) -4-methyl-2-propionylthiophene-3-yl) benzenesulfonamide.
twenty. 4- (5- (3-Chloro-4-fluorophenyl) -4-methyl-2-propionylthiophene-3-yl) benzenesulfonamide.
twenty-one. 4- (5- (3-Chloro-4-methoxyphenyl) -4-methyl-2-propionylthiophene-3-yl) benzenesulfonamide.
22 4- (4-methyl-5- (piperazin-1-yl) -2-propionylthiophene-3-yl) benzenesulfonamide.
2. 3. 4- (5- (4- (4-fluorophenyl) piperazin-1-yl) -4-methyl-2-propionylthiophene-3-yl) benzenesulfonamide.
24. 4- (4-methyl-5-morpholino-2-propionylthiophene-3-yl) benzenesulfonamide.
25. 4- (4-methyl-2-propionyl-5- (pyridin-4-yl) thiophene-3-yl) benzenesulfonamide.
26. 4- (4-methyl-2-propionyl-5- (pyridin-3-yl) thiophene-3-yl) benzenesulfonamide.
27. 4- (5- (furan-3-yl) -4-methyl-2-propionylthiophene-3-yl) benzenesulfonamide.
28. 4- (5- (1H-indole-5-yl) -4-methyl-2-propionylthiophene-3-yl) benzenesulfonamide.
29. 4- (4-methyl-5- (1-methyl-1H-indol-5-yl) -2-propionylthiophene-3-yl) benzenesulfonamide.
30 4- (5- (benzofuran-5-yl) -4-methyl-2-propionylthiophene-3-yl) benzenesulfonamide.
31. 4- (5- (indolin-5-yl) -4-methyl-2-propionylthiophene-3-yl) benzenesulfonamide.
32 4- (4-methyl-5- (4- (4-methylpiperazin-1-yl) phenyl) -2-propionylthiophene-3-yl) benzenesulfonamide.
33. 4- (5- (4-chlorophenyl) -2-propionylthiophene-3-yl) benzenesulfonamide.
3. 4. 4- (5- (4-chlorophenyl) -4- (dimethylamino) -2-propionylthiophene-3-yl) benzenesulfonamide.
35 4- (5- (4-chlorophenyl) -4 - ((dimethylamino) methyl) -2-propionylthiophene-3-yl) benzenesulfonamide.
36. 5- (4-chlorophenyl) -N, N, 4-trimethyl-3- (4-sulfamoylphenyl) thiophene-2-carboxamide.
37. 5- (4-chlorophenyl) -N-methoxy-N, 4-dimethyl-3- (4-sulfamoylphenyl) thiophene-2-carboxamide.
38. 5- (4-chlorophenyl) -N- (2-hydroxyethyl) -4-methyl-N-propyl-3- (4-sulfamoyl phenyl) thiophene-2-carboxamide.
39. 4- (5- (4-chlorophenyl) -4-methyl-2- (piperidin-1-carbonyl) thiophene-3-yl) benzenesulfonamide.
40 4- (2-Acetyl-5- (4-chlorophenyl) -4-methylthiophene-3-yl) benzenesulfonamide.
41. 4- (5- (4-chlorophenyl) -4-methyl-2-propionylthiophene-3-yl) -2-methylbenzenesulfonamide.
42 Methyl 4-methyl-5- (2-oxoindolin-5-yl) -3- (4-sulfamoylphenyl) thiophene-2-carboxylate.
43 Ethyl 4-methyl-5- (2-oxoindolin-5-yl) -3- (4-sulfamoylphenyl) thiophene-2-carboxylate.
44. 4- (4-methyl-5- (4-methylaminophenyl) -2-propionylthiophene-3-yl) benzenesulfonamide.
Four. Five. 4- (5- (4-chlorophenyl) -4-methyl-2-propionylthiophene-3-yl) -N, N-dimethylbenzenesulfonamide.
46. 4- (5- (4-chlorophenyl) -4-methyl-2-propionylthiophene-3-yl) -N-methylbenzenesulfonamide.
47 4- (5- (3,4-Difluorophenyl) -4-methyl-2-propionylthiophene-3-yl) benzenesulfonamide.
48. 1- (5- (4-chlorophenyl) -4-methyl-3- (4- (piperidin-1-ylsulfonyl) phenyl) thiophene-2-yl) propan-1-one.
49. 4- (5- (4-chlorophenyl) -1,4-dimethyl-2-propionyl-1H-pyrrol-3-yl) benzenesulfonamide.
fifty. 5- (4-chlorophenyl) -N, N, 1,4-tetramethyl-3- (4-sulfamoylphenyl) -1 H -pyrrol-2-carboxamide.
51. 4- (5- (4-Chlorophenyl) -1-ethyl-4-methyl-2-propionyl-1H-pyrrol-3-yl) benzenesulfonamide.
52 4- (5- (4-chlorophenyl) -1- (cyclopropylmethyl) -4-methyl-2-propionyl-1H-pyrrol-3-yl) benzenesulfonamide.
53. 4- (5- (4-chlorophenyl) -4-methyl-2-propionyl-1H-pyrrol-3-yl) benzenesulfonamide.

54 4- (5- (4-fluorophenyl) -1,4-dimethyl-2-propionyl-1H-pyrrol-3-yl) benzenesulfonamide.
55. 4- (5- (4-Methoxyphenyl) -1,4-dimethyl-2-propionyl-1H-pyrrol-3-yl) benzenesulfonamide.
56. 4- (2-Butyryl-5- (4-chlorophenyl) -1,4-dimethyl-1H-pyrrol-3-yl) benzenesulfonamide.
57. 4- (5- (2,4-Dichlorophenyl) -1,4-dimethyl-2-propionyl-1H-pyrrol-3-yl) benzenesulfonamide.
58. 4- (5- (2,3-dihydrobenzo [b] [1,4] dioxin-6-yl) -1,4-dimethyl-2-propionyl-1H-pyrrol-3-yl) benzenesulfonamide.
59. Ethyl 5- (4-chlorophenyl) -4-methyl-3- (4-sulfamoyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydronaphthalen-1-yl) thiophene-2-carboxylate.
60 Ethyl 5- (4-chlorophenyl) -3- (4-sulfamoylphenyl) furan-2-carboxylate
Scheme 1 shows a method of preparing a compound according to an embodiment of formula Ia. The compound of formula Ia can be prepared from the compound of formula VI, wherein R1, R2, R4, R5, R6 and m are the same as those described in the generic formula Ia.
The compound of formula VI can be converted into its corresponding acid chloride using conventional procedures known in organic synthesis chemistry or preferably by reaction with oxalyl chloride in dichloromethane together with DMF followed by reaction with Ν, Ο-dimethylhydroxylamine hydrochloride in presence of triethylamine in dichloromethane to provide the compound of formula VII.
The compound of the formula VII is reacted with a Grignard reagent R3MgX1 in which R3 is selected from optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl which may be optionally ringed or optionally bound and X1 is a halogen, to obtain the compound of formula Ia, wherein R3 is selected from optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl which may be optionally ringed or optionally bound, and R5 and R6 are the same as described in the general formula I or Ia. The reaction of the compound of formula VII with R3MgX1 can be carried out according to the procedure provided in the literature such as J. Med. Chem., 2009, 52, 3377.
The compound of formula VI, where R5 = R6 = hydrogen, can be converted to acid chloride using oxalyl chloride in dichloromethane together with DMF followed by reaction with Ν, Ο-dimethylhydroxylamine hydrochloride in the presence of triethylamine in dichloromethane to provide the compound of formula VIIa, which can then be further converted into a compound of formula Ia by reaction with R3MgX1 as described hereinbefore.
The compound of formula VI is reacted as an alternative with (R7) (R8) NH, (R7) (OR8) NH or R7OH, in which R7 and R8 are as defined in the definition of R3 in the general formula Ia or I, to obtain the compound of formula Ia, in which R5 and R6 are the same as described in the compound of formula I or Ia and R3 is selected from the group consisting of (R7) (R8) N- , (R7) (OR8) Ny R7O-, in which R7 and R8 are as they have been


defined in the definition of R3 in the general formula Ia or I. The reaction was carried out according to the known conditions in the conversion of carboxylic acids into amides and esters as is known to one skilled in the art. The reaction can be carried out in the presence of solvents, for example, DMF, THF, a halogenated hydrocarbon such as chloroform and dichloromethane, an aromatic hydrocarbon such as xylene, benzene, toluene or mixtures thereof or the like, in the presence of such a suitable base. such as triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine, pyridine or the like at a temperature between 0-50 ° C using reagents such as 1- (3dimethylaminopropyl) -3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (EDCI), 1,3-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide (DCC) and auxiliary reagents such as 1-hydroxy 7-azabenzotriazole (HOAT), hydroxybenzotriazole hydrate (HOBT) or the like.
The compound of formula Ia in which R1, R2 and R3 are the same as described in the compound of formula I or Ia, and R5 and R6 are as described for formula I or Ia excluding hydrogen, were prepared by the additional reaction of compounds of formula Ia in which R5 and R6 are hydrogen, with the reagents selected from R5L1 and R6L1, in which L1 is halogen or -B (OH) 2 in the presence of a base or using appropriate conditions provided in the literature such as Tetrahedron letters 2005, 46 (43), 7295-7298, Tetrahedron letters 2003, 44 (16), 3385-3386, US2003236413, Synthetic Communications 2009, 39 (12), 2082-2092, Tetrahedron letters 2010, 51 (15), 2048-2051, Tetrahedron letters 2008, 49 (18), 2882-2885 and J. Amer. Chem. Soc. 2005, 127 (36), 12640-12646.
Scheme 2 shows a method of preparing the compound of formula VI from the compound of formula II and an alternative method for compound VI from the compound of formula VIII.
The compound of formula VI, wherein R1 is as described in the compound of generic formula Ia and R2 is selected from optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, perhaloalkyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, R7A1- and R7aC ( = O) -, can be prepared from the compound represented by the general formula II, in which Alq is an alkyl group, R1 is optionally substituted, aryl optionally condensed; optionally condensed, optionally substituted heteroaryl; wherein aryl and heteroaryl include condensed ring systems in which the aryl or heteroaryl ring is fused to a saturated cyclic system; and R2 is selected from optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, perhaloalkyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, R7A1- and R7aC (= O) -, the Compound of formula II in turn was prepared by the procedures described in the literature such as document US5608082 and document W02007092751. The groups included in R2 can be transformed from each other in any of the successive stages of Scheme 1 or 2 by the general group transformation method.
The compound of formula II after halogenation provided the compound of formula III, wherein L is a halogen and the other symbols are the same as defined above for the compound of formula II. Halogenation can be performed in a condition generally used in synthetic organic chemistry using halogenating agents such as bromine, phosphorus tribromide, bromine chloride, aluminum tribromide, hydrogen iodide / iodide, iodine chloride, N-iodosuccinimide, iodine / sulfuric acid and N-chlorosuccinimide. The inventors have performed the bromination using bromine in the presence of zinc chloride.
The compound of formula III that was obtained in the previous step was subjected to Suzuki coupling with the compound of formula IV, in which R4, R5, R6 and m are the same as defined above in the

compound of formula Ia or I, to obtain the compound of formula V in which the symbols R1 and R2 are as defined for the compound of formula II and R4, R5, R6 and m are as defined in the general formula Ia or I. Suzuki coupling can be performed under different coupling conditions with boronic acids and boronic esters well known in the art. Preferably, Suzuki coupling is carried out in a mixture of water, ethanol, methanol and toluene, in the presence of a base such as potassium phosphate or potassium carbonate or the like, a palladium catalyst such as tetrakis (triphenylphosphine) palladium (0 ) at 50 ° C or higher temperature. The boronic acid used in this reaction can be prepared by methods well known in the art by hydrolyzing the corresponding boronate. Boronatos in general are available in the market. In addition, said boronates can also be prepared by reacting an appropriate iodine or bromine compound with an alkyl lithium such as butyl lithium and then by reacting with a borate ester or by methods well known in the art (EP 1012142; Article for review by N. Miyaura and A. Suzuki, Chem. Rev., 1995, 95, 2547).
Hydrolysis of the ester of the compound of formula V provided the compound of formula VI, wherein R1, R2, R4, R5, R6 and m are the same as defined above for the compound of formula V. Hydrolysis of the ester can be performed using the conventional method generally used in organic synthesis chemistry or well known in the art with reagents such as sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, lithium hydroxide or the like, in solvents such as water, alcohol, THF or the like or mixtures of the same. Preferably, aqueous solution of sodium hydroxide and ethanol were used for the reaction.
Alternatively, the compound of formula VI may be prepared starting from the compound of formula VIII, wherein R2 is selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, perhaloalkyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, R7A1- and R7aC (= O) -; Alq is an alkyl group; and Z1 is bromine or amino, then.
Z1
The compound of formula VIII with as bromine, was obtained by conversion of the amino group (said amino compound is commercially available) with the corresponding bromine group under a condition generally applied in the Sandmayer reaction. This involves diazotization by the reaction of the corresponding amino compound with a nitrite, for example, tert-butyl nitrite or the like, followed by halogen exchange, which can be conveniently carried out by reaction with a copper halide, preferably copper bromide ( II).
The compound of formula VIII with Z1 as bromine was subjected to Suzuki coupling with the compound of formula IV to obtain compound IX in which the symbol R2 is the same as defined for the compound of formula VIII above, and R4, R5, R6 and m are as defined in the general formula Ia.
The compound of formula IX after bromination provided the compound of formula X. Bromination can be performed in a condition generally used in organic synthesis chemistry using brominating agents. The inventors have performed the bromination using bromine.
The compound of formula X was subjected to Suzuki coupling with R1B (OH) 2, in which R1 is as defined in the generic formula Ia which has a point of attachment at the carbon atom, to provide the compound of formula V in which all the symbols R2, R4, R5, R6 and m are the same as those defined in the compound of formula IX and R1 is as defined in the generic formula Ia which has a point of attachment in the atom of carbon. The hydrolysis of the ester of the compound of formula V in the compound of formula VI is carried out following the same procedure and reaction conditions as described above. The compound of formula VI obtained in this way is converted into the compound of formula Ia using the process described hereinbefore in Scheme 1. The groups included in R2 can be introduced or transformed into each other to reach the groups necessary included in the compound of formula Ia in the stage of the compound of formula V or in the later stages as well.
Scheme 3 shows a method of preparing a compound of formula VI, wherein R2 is selected from the group consisting of (R7) (R8) N-, R7aC (= O) N (R7) -, (R7 ) (R8) NC (= A1) N (R9) -, R7a-OC (= O) N (R9) -, R7aSO2N (R7) -, cyano, nitro and halogen from the dibromo compound of formula XI, in which Alq is an alkyl group.


The compound of formula VI, wherein, R2 is selected from (R7) (R8) N-, R7aC (= O) N (R7) -, (R7) (R8) NC (= O) N (R9) - , R7aOC (= O) N (R9) -, R7aSO2N (R7) -, cyano, nitro and halogen can be prepared from the dibromo compound of formula XI as indicated below. Compound XI can be prepared by following the process provided in
J. Chem. Soc. Perkin Trans .: Organic and Bioorganic chemistry (1972-1999), 1973, pages 1766-1770.
The compound of formula XI after nitration provided compound XII, which after reduction of the nitro group to an amino group provided the compound of formula XIII. Nitration and subsequent reduction can
10 be carried out under the conditions according to the procedures generally known or used in organic synthesis chemistry. The inventors have performed nitration using nitric acid and reduction by using iron powder and acetic acid.
The compound of formula XIII was further reacted with the reagents selected from R7L, R8L, R9L,
Where R7, R7a, R8 and R9 are as defined above, except that they are not hydrogen and L is halogen, and / or reacted with the reagents selected from the group consisting of R7aC (= O) L, R7aN = C = O,
R7a
R7aN = C = S and (R7) (R8) NC (= O) L, R7aA1C (= O) L and R7aSO2L, in which R7, and R8 are as defined above in general formula I or Ia and L is halogen, to obtain the compound of formula XIV with R2 as (R7) (R8) N-, R7a-C (= O) N (R7) -, (R7) (R8) NC (= A1) N (R9) -, R7aOC (= O) NR9-, R7aSO2N (R7) -, R7A1- or R7aC (= O) -, R2 in the
A compound of formula XIV in which R2 is R7aOC (= O) NR9-was conveniently converted to (R7) (R8) NC (= O) N (R9) by reaction with the amine of formula (R7) (R8) NH in the presence of a suitable base such as alkali metal alkoxides or triethylamine or by using an aluminum amide [Tetrahedron 60 (2004) 3439-43] in a non-polar organic solvent such as toluene or a polar solvent such as tetrahydrofuran .
The compound of formula XIV or the compound of formula XII were subjected to Suzuki coupling with boronic acid of formula 'R1B (OH) 2', in which R1 is the same as defined in the general formula Ia, under conditions of conventional Suzuki coupling in the presence of a base selected from potassium phosphate, potassium carbonate and the like and a palladium tetrakis (triphenylphosphine) palladium (0) catalyst in a solvent selected from water, ethanol, methanol, toluene and mixtures of the themselves in any suitable proportion, for
30 to obtain the compound of formula XV, in which the definition of R1 is the same as defined in the general formula Ia and R2 is (R7) (R8) N-, R7aC (= O) N (R7) -, (R7) (R8) NC (= A1) N (R9) -, R7aOC (= O) NR9-, R7aSO2N (R7) -, R7A1-, R7aC (= O) -o nitro.


Then, the compound of formula XV was subjected to Suzuki coupling with the compound of formula IV to obtain the compound of formula V in which R1, R4, R5, R6 and m are as defined in the general formula Ia and R2 is (R7) (R8) N-, R7aC (= O) N (R7) -, (R7) (R8) NC (= A1) N (R9) -, R7aOC (= O) NR9-, R7aSO2N (R7) - , R7A1-, R7aC (= O) -o nitro. Suzuki coupling was performed following the same procedure as described above. He
The compound of formula V was further converted to the compound of formula VI by the application of procedures described hereinbefore. The compound of formula V, wherein R2 is nitro, the nitro group of said compound can be further converted into cyano or halogen by known functional group conversion methods.
10 Scheme 4 shows a method of preparing a compound of formula VI, wherein R2 is hydrogen, from the dibromo compound of formula XI, in which Alq is an alkyl group.
The compound of formula XI was first coupled with boronic acid of formula 'R1B (OH) 2', in which R1 is the same as defined in the general formula Ia which has a point of attachment as a carbon atom by coupling of Suzuki to obtain the compound of formula XVI, which was then subjected to Suzuki coupling with the compound of formula IV to provide the compound of formula V, wherein R2 is hydrogen. The compound of formula V became the compound of formula VI, in which R1, R4, R5, R6 and m are the same
20 which have been defined in the general formula Ia and R2 is hydrogen, using the procedure described above.


In another embodiment of the compound of formula V, in which the symbols R1, R5, R6 and m are as defined in the general formula Ia; R4 is selected from the group consisting of halogen, cyano, R7aSO2-, R7A1-, (R7a) C (= O) N (R9) -, (R7) (R8) Ny (R7) (R8) NC (= A1 ) N (R9) -; Alq is the same as defined for the compound of formula II; and R2 is methyl, after bromination provided the compound of formula XVII (Scheme 5). The compound 5 of formula XVII, in which the symbols R1, R5, R6 and m are the same as those defined in the general formula Ia; and R4 is selected from the group consisting of halogen, cyano, R7aSO2-, R7A1-, (R7a) C (= O) N (R9) -, (R7) (R8) Ny (R7) (R8) NC (= A1) N (R9) -; Alq is as defined for the compound of formula II and L is bromine after reaction with (R10) NH2, (R10) (alkyl) NH or R10A1H, wherein R10 is the same as defined in the compound of formula I and / or Ia and the additional hydrolysis of the ester provides a compound of formula VI, wherein R2 is alkyl (for example, methyl) substituted with (R10) (H) N-, (R10) (alkyl) No R10A1-. The synthesis of the compound of formula Ia from the compound of formula VI was carried out following the same procedure and reaction conditions described above. If the compound of formula V has R5 = R6 = hydrogen, then the sulfonamide group needs to be protected using an appropriate protective group such as N, N-dimethylformamide dimethyl acetal to obtain the compound of formula XVIII, which can then be reacted with ( R10) (H) N-, (R10) (alkyl) No
R10A1H, in which R10 is the same as defined in the compound of formula I and / or Ia.
Alternatively, the compounds of formula Ia in which all substituents are the same as those described in the generic formula except R2 which is selected from hydrogen or optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, perhaloalkyl, optionally cycloalkyl
20 substituted, cyano, nitro, (R7) (R8) N-, R7aC (= O) N (R7) -, (R7) (R8) NC (= A1) N (R9) -, R7aOC (= O) NR9 -, R7aSO2N (R8) -, R7A1-or R7aC (= O) -, can be prepared from compounds represented by the general formula (a) as by the route provided in Scheme 6 as follows -


The compounds of formula (a) and (f) were prepared by adopting the procedure described in the literature such as Bioorganic chemistry, 22, 387-394 (1994). The compound of formula (a) in which the symbol R2 is
5 selects from hydrogen or optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, perhaloalkyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, cyano or nitro, is protected using N, N-dimethylformamide acetal to provide a compound of formula (b). The protection can be accomplished using a procedure provided in the literature such as EP 1790640. The inventors have made the protection using N, N-dimethylformamide dimethyl acetal in the presence of DMF.


The compound of formula (b) was reacted with carbon disulfide and dibromoethane in the presence of a base such as potassium carbonate, potassium tert-butoxide or the like in a solvent such as acetone or the like, to form a dithiethane ring as represented by the formula (c).
The compound of formula (c) was further reacted with R1-H, wherein R1 is a 'A' heterocycle with a point of attachment in the nitrogen atom; namely
10 in which A is an optionally substituted 3 to 10 membered heterocyclic ring system containing one to three heteroatoms / groups such as S, N, O, C (= O) or C (= S); wherein, the heterocyclic ring may optionally be additionally ringed with the cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl or heteroaryl ring systems; to provide the compound of formula (d).
The compound of formula (d) was further cyclized to obtain the compound of formula (e). The inventors have cyclized by reacting the compound (d) with ethyl iodoacetate in the presence of a base such as potassium carbonate or the like.
Hydrolysis of compounds of formula (e) provided a compound of formula VI with R1 selected as
20 heterocycle linked through a nitrogen atom, R2, R4 and m are as defined above in the generic formula Ia or I, and Alq is an alkyl group. Hydrolysis can be carried out by a conventional procedure generally used in organic synthesis chemistry or well known in the art with reagents such as sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide and lithium hydroxide in solvents such as alcohol or THF or the like. Preferably, the hydrolysis is performed using aqueous solution of sodium hydroxide and ethanol. He
The compound of formula VI, thus obtained, was further converted into a compound of formula Ia, wherein R1 is a heterocycle connected through a nitrogen atom, using the process described above.
In the compound of formula Ia, wherein R2 is nitro, the nitro group of said compound can be further converted into (R7) (R8) N-, R7aC (= O) N (R7) -, (R7) (R8) NC (= A1) N (R9) -, R7aOC (= O) NR9-, R7aSO2N (R8) - using the
30 methods of transformation of known functional groups.
The compound of formula (f), in which the sulfonamido function nitrogen has non-hydrogenated substituents thereon, can be converted analogously to the compound of formula VI following the chemistry described for the conversion of the compound of formula (a) in the compound of formula VI, however said conversion does not
35 requires protection of the sulfonamido function as shown in Scheme 6.
According to another feature of the present disclosure, the compounds of general formula Ib in which all symbols are as defined above, were prepared by the method described below in Scheme 7.


The compound of formula Ib can be prepared starting from the compound represented by the general formula (II) in which R1, R2 and Ra are the same as defined in the general formula I or Ib and Rb is alkyl or -O-alkyl; which in turn can be prepared by adopting the procedures described in the literature such as Tetrahedron Letters 2005, 46, 4539-4542, WO2005105789, Tetrahedron Letters 2010, 51, 1693-1695; J. Org. Chem. 2009, 74 (2), 903-905; Organic Letters 2007, 9 (25), 5191-5194; Tetrahedron 2006, 62, 8243-8255 or methods well known in the art. The groups included in R2 can be introduced or transformed into a suitable group of choice in any of the successive stages of Scheme 7, by means of group transformation methods
10 general functions known to an expert in the relevant field.
The compound of formula (ii), when Rb = O-alkyl or alkyl and the other symbols are the same as defined in the general formula Ib or I, after bromination can provide a compound of formula (iii). The

bromination can be performed in a condition according to a procedure generally known in the literature using brominating agents such as bromine, N-bromosuccinimide, phosphorus tribromide or the like (Synlett 2002, 7, 1152-1154).
The compound of formula (iii) in which all the symbols are the same as defined above in the general formula Ib or I is subjected to Suzuki coupling with the compound of formula IV, in which R4, R5, R6 and m they are the same as defined in the general formula Ib or I, to obtain the compound of formula (v). The compound of formula (v), in which Rb is alkyl, is nothing more than a compound of formula Ib in which R3 is selected as an alkyl group. Suzuki coupling can be performed under suitable coupling conditions with boronic acids and boronic esters well known in the art. Preferably, the coupling reaction is carried out in a mixture of water, ethanol, methanol and toluene, in the presence of a base such as potassium phosphate, potassium carbonate or the like and a palladium catalyst such as tetrakis (triphenylphosphine) palladium (0 ) at a temperature of approximately 50 ° C or higher. The boronic acid used in this reaction can be prepared by methods well known in the art, for example, by hydrolysis of the corresponding boronate. Boronatos are generally available in the market. In addition, said boronates can also be prepared by reacting an appropriate iodine or bromine compound with an alkyl lithium compound such as butyl lithium and then by reacting with a borate ester or by methods well known in the art (WO200530715; EP1012142; Review article by
N. Miyaura and A. Suzuki, Chem. Rev. 1995, 95, 2547).
Hydrolysis of the ester of the compound of formula (V), in which Rb = O-alkyl, provided the compound of formula
(vi) in which R1, R2, R4, R5, R6 and m are the same as defined above for the compounds of formula (iii) and (iv). The ester hydrolysis can be performed using conventional procedures that are generally used in organic synthesis chemistry or are well known in the art with reagents such as sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, lithium hydroxide or the like in solvents such as alcohol, THF or similar. Preferably, aqueous solution of sodium hydroxide and ethanol are used for this reaction.
The compound of formula (VI) in which all symbols are the same as defined above, becomes its corresponding amide of formula (VII) according to the conditions known for converting carboxylic acids into amides. The reaction may preferably be carried out with Ν, Οdimethylhydroxylamine and triethylamine hydrochloride in DMF using reagents such as 1- (3-dimethylaminopropyl) -3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (EDCI), benzotriazole hydrate (HOBT) or the like.
In the case of the compound of formula (VII) in which R4 = R5 = hydrogen, the sulfonamido group should be protected before proceeding further with further reaction steps to prepare the compound of formula Ib. The protection of the sulfonamido group can be carried out in a condition known to a person skilled in the art or by using the contents provided in Organic Preparations and Procedures International 2002, 37 (5), 545-549. The inventors have made the protection using til, Ν-dimethylformamide dimethyl acetal in the presence of DMF to obtain the compound of formula (viii).
The compound of formula (VIII) or a compound of formula (VII), which did not need the protection of the sulfonamide group are reacted with a Grignard reagent R3MgX1 in which R3 is selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted alkyl, alkenyl optionally substituted, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl and optionally substituted heterocyclyl, wherein each of said optionally substituted cycloalkyl and optionally substituted heterocyclyl is optionally ringed or optionally bonded and X1 is a halogen, to obtain a compound of formula Ib. The reaction can be carried out in a suitable condition known to a person skilled in the art or by using the contents provided in J. Med. Chem., 2009, 52, 3377.
The compound of formula (VI) is reacted as an alternative with (R7) (R8) NH, (R7) N (OR8) H or R7A1H, in which R7 and R8 are as defined in the definition of R3 in general formula Ib or I, to obtain the compound of formula Ib, wherein R5 and R6 are as defined above in general formula I or Ib and R3 is selected from the group consisting of (R7) (R8) N -, (R7) N (OR8) -and R7A1-, in which R7 and R8 are as defined in the definition of R3 in the general formula Ib or I. The reaction can be carried out according to the conditions known in the conversion of carboxylic acids into amides and esters, as is known by one skilled in the art. The reaction can be carried out in the presence of suitable solvents, for example, DMF, THF, a halogenated hydrocarbon such as chloroform and dichloromethane, an aromatic hydrocarbon such as xylene, benzene, toluene or mixtures thereof or the like, in the presence of a suitable base. such as triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine, pyridine or the like at a temperature between 0-50 ° C using reagents such as 1- (3dimethylaminopropyl) -3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (EDCI), 1,3-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide (DCC) and auxiliary reagents, such as 1-hydroxy-7-azabenzotriazole (HOAT), hydroxybenzotriazole hydrate (HOBT) or the like.
The compound of formula Ib in which R5 and / or R6 are hydrogen, can be converted into the compound of formula Ib in which R5 and / or R6 are as defined in the general formula Ib except for hydrogen, by reaction with alkyl halides, alkenyl halides, alkynyl halides, alkanoyl halides or anhydride, aryl halides or boronic acids in the corresponding presence of a base or through the use of suitable conditions

provided in the technical literature.
The compound of formula Ic can also be prepared by using a suitable starting material by adopting the chemistry provided for the compounds of formula Ia and Ib hereinbefore.
The term "room temperature" refers to any temperature ranging from about 20 ° C to about 40 ° C, unless specifically stated otherwise in the specification. The intermediates and compounds of the present invention can be obtained in pure form in a manner known per se, for example, by distillation of the solvent under vacuum and recrystallization of the residue obtained in a suitable solvent, such as pentane, diethyl ether , isopropyl ether, chloroform, dichloromethane, ethyl acetate, acetone or combinations thereof, or by subjecting it to one of the purification methods, such as column chromatography (for example, flash chromatography) on a suitable support material such as alumina or silica gel using an eluent such as dichloromethane, ethyl acetate, hexane, methanol, acetone and combinations thereof. A preparative CL-MS method is also used for the purification of molecules described herein.
The salts of the compound of formula I can be obtained by dissolving the compound in a suitable solvent, for example in a chlorinated hydrocarbon, such as methyl chloride or chloroform or a low molecular weight aliphatic alcohol, for example, ethanol or isopropanol, which is then Treat with the desired acid or base as described in Berge SM et al. "Pharmaceutical Salts, a review article in the Journal of Pharmaceutical sciences", volume 66, page 1-19 (1977) and in the handbook of pharmaceutical salts properties, selection, and use by P.H. Einrich Stahland Camille G. Wermuth, Wiley-VCH (2002). Lists of suitable salts can also be found in Remington Pharmaceutical Sciences, 18th ed., Mack Publishing Company, Easton, PA, 1990, p. 1445 and the Journal of Pharmaceutical Science, 66, 2-19 (1977). For example, they can be a salt of an alkali metal (for example, sodium or potassium), alkaline earth metal (for example, calcium) or salt ammonium.
The compound of the invention or a composition thereof can potentially be administered as a pharmaceutically acceptable base addition, acid addition or neutralized salt formed by reaction with inorganic acids, such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, perchloric acid, nitric acid, thiocyanic acid, sulfuric acid and phosphoric acid and organic acids such as formic acid, acetic acid, propionic acid, glycolic acid, lactic acid, pyruvic acid, oxalic acid, malonic acid, succinic acid, maleic acid and fumaric acid or by the reaction with an inorganic base, such as sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide. The conversion into a salt is carried out by treating the base compound with at least a stoichiometric amount of an appropriate acid. Normally, the free base is dissolved in an inert organic solvent such as diethyl ether, ethyl acetate, chloroform, ethanol, methanol and the like and the acid is added in a similar solvent. The mixture is maintained at a suitable temperature (for example, between 0 ° C and 50 ° C). The resulting salt precipitates spontaneously or can be removed from the solution with a less polar solvent.
The stereoisomers of the compounds of formula I of the present invention can be prepared by stereospecific synthesis or resolution of the aquiral compound with an amine, an acid or an optically active complexing agent and separating the diastereomeric / complex salt by fractional crystallization or by column chromatography
The term "prodrug" refers to a derivative of a compound, a derivative that, when administered to warm-blooded animals, for example humans, becomes the compound (drug). The enzymatic and / or chemical hydrolytic cleavage of the compounds of the present invention occurs such that the tested drug form (parental carboxylic acid drug) is released, and the remaining moiety or moieties remain non-toxic or metabolized so that They produce non-toxic metabolic products. For example, a carboxylic acid group can be esterified, for example, with a methyl group or an ethyl group to produce an ester. When an ester is administered to a subject, the ester is cleaved, enzymatically or non-enzymatically, reductively, oxidatively or hydrolytically, to reveal the anionic group. An anionic group can be esterified with moieties (for example, acyloxymethyl esters) that are cleaved to reveal an intermediate compound that subsequently decomposes to produce the active compound.
Prodrugs can be prepared in situ during isolation and purification of the compounds or by reacting separately the purified compound with a suitable derivative. For example, hydroxy groups can be converted into esters through treatment with a carboxylic acid in the presence of a catalyst. Examples of cleavable alcohol prodrug moieties include lower alkyl, branched or unbranched, unsubstituted or substituted alkyl moieties, for example, ethyl esters, lower alkenyl esters, lower alkylamino lower alkyl esters, for example , dimethylaminoethyl ester, lower alkyl acylamino esters, lower alkyl acyloxy esters (e.g., pivaloyloxymethyl ester), aryl esters, for example, phenyl ester, aryl-lower alkyl esters, for example, benzyl ester, optionally substituted, for example, with methyl, halo or methoxy aryl substituents and aryl lower alkyl esters, amides, lower alkyl amides, di-lower alkyl amides and hydroxy amides.

Modulation of nicotinic cholinergic receptors, in particular α7 can provide efficacy in a range of cognitive states, from pre-attention to attention and, subsequently, working, reference and recognition memory. Accordingly, the present invention can find application in the treatment and prophylaxis of a multitude of pathologies including, either one or combinations of: schizophrenia, schizophreniform disorder, cognitive deficits in schizophrenia, brief psychotic disorder, delusional disorder, schizoaffective disorder, disorder shared psychotic, paranoid personality disorder, schizoid personality disorder, schizotypal personality disorder, attention deficit disorder, attention deficit hyperactivity disorder, depression, manic depression, major depressive disorder, posttraumatic stress disorder, disorder of generalized anxiety, Tourette syndrome, cyclothymic disorder, dysthymic disorder, agoraphobia, panic disorder (with or without agoraphobia), phobias (including social phobia) and bipolar disorders (Thomsen MS et al., Curr. Pharm. Des., 2010, 16, 323-343; Peng ZZ et al., Zhonghua Yi Xue Yi Chuan Xue Za Zhi, 2008, 25, 154-158; Young JW et al., Eur. Neuropsychopharmacol., 2007, 17, 145-155; Martin LF et al., Am. J. Med. Genet., B Neuropsychiatr. Genet., 2007, 144B, 611-614; Martin LF et al., Psychopharmacology (Berl), 2004, 174, 5464; Feher A et al., Dement. Geriatr Cogn Disord., 2009, 28, 56-62 .; Wilens TE et al., Biochem. Pharmacol., 2007, 74, 1212-1223; Verbois SL et al., Neuropharmacology, 2003, 44, 224-233; Sanberg PR et al., Pharmacol. Ther., 1997, 74, 21-25). The cholinergic system, in particular through nAChR α7 seems to have implications in psychosis induced by head trauma. Chronic nicotine treatment has been shown to attenuate it. Therefore, the present invention can also find application in the treatment of deficits in cholinergic α7 nAChR that follow head trauma (Bennouna M et al., Encephale, 2007, 33, 616620; Verbois SL et al., Neuropharmacology, 2003, 44, 224-233).
Modulation of nicotinic ACh receptors, in particular the α7 subtype could also help complement the expression of negatively regulated cholinergic receptors and transmission as in dementia or dementias, and also slow the progression of the disease by reducing the complexation of α7-αβ1-42 and internalization in AD and Down syndrome (Nordberg A et al., Neurotox. Res., 2000, 2, 157-165; Haydar SN et al., Bioorg. Med. Chem. , 2009, 17, 5247-5258; Deutsch SI et al., Clin. Neuropharmacol., 2003, 26, 277-283). Appropriately, the present invention may find application in the treatment and prophylaxis of a multitude of pathologies including either one or combinations of: dementia or dementias due to Alzheimer's disease, dementia with Lewy bodies, Down syndrome, head trauma, stroke, hypoperfusion, Parkinson's disease, Huntington's disease, prion diseases, progressive supranuclear paralysis, radiation therapy, brain tumors, normal pressure hydrocephalus, subdural hematoma, virus human immunodeficiency (HIV), vitamin deficiency, hypothyroidism, drugs, alcohol, lead, mercury, aluminum, heavy metals, syphilis, Lyme disease, viral encephalitis, fungal infection and Cryptococcosis (Zhao X et al., Ann. NY Acad. Sci., 2001, 939, 179-186; Perry E et al., Eur. J. Pharmacol., 2000, 393, 215-222; Harrington CR et al. , Dementia, 1994, 5, 21 5-228; Wang J et al., J. Neurosci. Res., 2010, 88, 807-815; Duris K et al., Stroke 2011, 42 (12), 3530-6). Therefore, the present invention can also find application in prophylaxis and preventive measures immediately after identification of the early stage of neurodegenerative disease such as Alzheimer's disease and Parkinson's disease.
Modulation of nicotinic ACh receptors in particular α4β2, α3β4 and α7 may have implications in the development of therapies for nicotine and cannabis addiction and relapse prevention. Accordingly, the present invention can find application in the prophylaxis or therapy of nicotine addiction, cannabis addiction and relapse prevention, nicotine and cannabis addiction. In addition, the present invention may also provide a therapeutic alternative for patients with addiction who do not respond, patients who have intolerable side effects to addiction therapy or those who require long-term maintenance therapies. (Kuzmin A et al., Psychopharmacology (Berl), 2009, 203, 99-108; Weiss RB et al., PLoS Genet, 2008, 4, e1000125: Solinas M et al., J. Neurosci., 2007, 27, 5615-5620; Ebbert JO et al., Patient. Prefer. Adherence, 2010, 4, 355-362).
The present invention can also find application in the treatment and prophylaxis of a multitude of painful conditions including, either one or combinations of, pain arising from: the peripheral nervous system (SNP), post-diabetic neuralgia (NPD), the post-herpetic neuralgia (NPH), multiple sclerosis, Parkinson's disease, low back pain, fibromyalgia, post-operative pain, acute pain, chronic pain, mononeuropathy, primary lateral sclerosis, pseudobulbar paralysis, progressive muscle paralysis, progressive bulbar paralysis, postpolio syndrome, diabetes-induced polyneuropathy, acute demyelinating polyneuropathy (Guillain-Barré syndrome), acute spinal muscular atrophy (Werdnig-Hoffman disease) and secondary neurodegeneration (Donnelly- Roberts DL et al., J. Pharmacol. Exp. Ther., 1998, 285, 777-786; Rowley TJ et al., Br. J. Anaesth., 2010, 105, 201-207 .; Bruchfeld A et al. , J. Intern. M ed., 2010, 268, 94-101).
The present invention can find application in the treatment and prophylaxis of a plethora of conditions related to inflammation and pain involving TNF-α and thereby providing symptomatic relief in any one or a combination of rheumatoid arthritis, bone resorption diseases, atherosclerosis, inflammatory bowel disease, Crohn's disease, inflammation, cancer pain, muscle degeneration, osteoarthritis, osteoporosis, ulcerative colitis, rhinitis, pancreatitis, spondylitis, acute respiratory distress syndrome (ARDS), inflammation of the joints, anaphylaxis, ischemia due to

reperfusion, multiple sclerosis, cerebral malaria, septic shock, graft tissue rejection, head trauma, toxic shock syndrome, herpes virus infection (HSV-1 and HSV-2), infection by herpes zoster, sepsis, fever, myalgia, asthma, uveitis, contact dermatitis, obesity-related diseases and endotoxemia (Giebelen IA T et al., Shock, 2007, 27, 443-447; Pena G et al., Eur.
J. Immunol., 2010, 40, 2580-2589).
Therefore, the present invention further provides a pharmaceutical composition, which contains the compounds of general formula (I) as defined above, their tautomeric forms, their stereoisomers, their pharmaceutically acceptable salts, in combination with pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, diluents and the like. Acceptable usual.
The pharmaceutically acceptable carrier (or excipient) is preferably one that is chemically inserted into the compound of the invention and one that has no harmful side effects or toxicity in the conditions of use. Such pharmaceutically acceptable carriers preferably include saline (for example, 0.9% saline), Cremophor EL (which is a derivative of castor oil and ethylene oxide available from Sigma Chemical Co., St. Louis, MO) (by for example, 5% Cremophor EL / 5% ethanol / 90% saline solution, 10% Cremophor EL / 90% saline solution or 50% Cremophor Eel / 50% ethanol), propylene glycol (for example, propylene glycol at 40% / 10% ethanol / 50% water), polyethylene glycol (for example, 40% PEG 400/60% saline) and alcohol (for example, 40% ethanol / 60% water). A preferred pharmaceutical carrier is polyethylene glycol, such as PEG 400 and in particular a composition comprising 40% PEG 400 and 60% water or saline. The choice of vehicle will be determined in part by the particular compound chosen, as well as by the particular method used to administer the composition. Accordingly, there is a wide variety of suitable formulations of the pharmaceutical composition of the present invention.
The following formulations for oral, aerosol, parenteral, subcutaneous, intravenous, intrarterial, intramuscular, intraperitoneal, rectal and vaginal administration are merely exemplary and are not limiting in any way.
The pharmaceutical compositions can be administered parenterally, for example, intravenously, intra-arterially, subcutaneously, intradermally, intrathecally or intramuscularly. Thus, the invention provides compositions for parenteral administration comprising a solution of the compound of the invention dissolved or suspended in an acceptable vehicle suitable for parenteral administration, including sterile aqueous and non-aqueous isotonic injection solutions.
In general, the requirements for effective pharmaceutical vehicles for parenteral compositions are well known to those of ordinary skill in the art. See Pharmaceutics and Pharmacy Practice, J.B. Lippincott Company, Philadelphia, PA, Banker and Chalmers, eds., Pages 238-250 (1982) and ASHP Handbook on InjectabLe Drugs, Toissel, 4th ed., Pages 622-630 (1986). Such compositions include solutions containing antioxidants, buffers, bacteriostats and solutes that make the isotonic formulation with the intended recipient blood and sterile aqueous and non-aqueous suspensions that may include suspending agents, solubilizers, thickening agents, stabilizers and preservatives. The compound can be administered in a physiologically acceptable diluent in a pharmaceutical vehicle, such as a sterile liquid or mixture of liquids, including water, saline, aqueous dextrose and related sugar solutions, an alcohol, such as ethanol, isopropanol (for example, in topical applications) or hexadecyl alcohol, glycols, such as propylene glycol or polyethylene glycol, dimethyl sulfoxide, glycerol ketals, such as 2,2-dimethyl-1,3-dioxolane-4-methanol, ethers, such as poly (ethylene glycol) 400, a oil, a fatty acid, an ester or fatty acid glyceride or an acetylated fatty acid glyceride with or without the addition of a pharmaceutically acceptable surfactant, such as a soap or a detergent, suspending agent, such as pectin, carbomers, methylcellulose , hydroxypropyl methylcellulose or carboxymethyl cellulose or emulsifying agents and other pharmaceutical adjuvants.
Useful oils in parenteral formulations include petroleum, animal, vegetable and synthetic oils. Specific examples of oils useful in such formulations include peanut oil, soy, sesame, cottonseed, corn, olive, petroleum jelly and mineral. Fatty acids suitable for use in parenteral formulations include oleic acid, stearic acid and isostearic acid. Ethyl oleate and isopropyl myristate are examples of suitable fatty acid esters.
Suitable soaps for use in parenteral formulations include fatty salts of alkali metal, ammonium and triethanolamine, and suitable detergents include (a) cationic detergents such as, for example, dimethyl dialkyl ammonium halides and alkyl pyridinium halides, (b) anionic detergents such as, for example, alkyl, aryl and olefin sulfonates, alkyl, olefin, ether and monoglyceride sulfates and sulphosuccinates, (c) non-ionic detergents such as, for example, fatty amine oxides, fatty acid alkanolamides and copolymers of polyoxyethylene polypropylene, (d) amphoteric detergents such as, for example, alkyl- (3-aminopropionates and quaternary ammonium salts of 2-alkyl-imidazoline, and e) mixtures thereof.
Parenteral formulations will normally contain from about 0.5% or less to about 25% or more by weight of a compound of the invention in solution. Preservatives and buffers can be used. In order to minimize or eliminate irritation at the injection site, said

Compositions may contain one or more nonionic surfactants having a hydrophilic-lipophilic balance (EHL) of from about 12 to about 17. The amount of surfactant in such formulations will usually vary from about 5% to about 15% by weight. Suitable surfactants include polyethylene sorbitan fatty acid esters, such as sorbitan monooleate and the high molecular weight adducts of ethylene oxide with a hydrophobic base, formed by the condensation of propylene oxide with propylene glycol. Parenteral formulations can be presented in sealed single-dose or multi-dose containers, such as ampoules and vials, and can be stored in a freeze-dried (lyophilized) state that requires only the addition of sterile liquid excipient, for example, water, for injections , immediately before use. Solutions and suspensions for extemporaneous injection can be prepared from sterile powders, granules and tablets.
Topical formulations, including those that are useful for transdermal drug delivery, are well known to those skilled in the art and are suitable in the context of the present invention for application to the skin.
Formulations suitable for oral administration may consist of (a) liquid solutions, such as an effective amount of a compound of the invention dissolved in diluents, such as water, saline or orange juice; (b) capsules, sachets, tablets, dragees and troches, each containing a predetermined amount of the compound of the invention, in the form of solids or granules; (c) powders; (d) suspensions in an appropriate liquid; and (e) suitable emulsions. Liquid formulations may include diluents, such as water and alcohols, for example, ethanol, benzyl alcohol and polyethylene alcohols, either with or without the addition of a pharmaceutically acceptable surfactant, a suspending agent or an emulsifying agent. The capsule forms may be of the usual hard or soft gelatin shell type containing, for example, surfactants, lubricants and inert fillers, such as lactose, sucrose, calcium phosphate and corn starch. Tablet forms may include one or more of lactose, sucrose, mannitol, corn starch, potato starch, alginic acid, microcrystalline cellulose, gum arabic, gelatin, guar gum, colloidal silicon dioxide, croscarmellose sodium, talcum, stearate of magnesium, calcium stearate, zinc stearate, stearic acid and other excipients, colorants, diluents, buffering agents, disintegrating agents, wetting agents, preservatives, flavoring agents and pharmacologically compatible excipients. Dragee forms may comprise the compound ingredient in a flavoring, usually sucrose and gum arabic or tragacanth, as well as tablets comprising a compound of the invention in an inert base, such as gelatin and glycerin or sucrose and gum arabic, emulsions, gels and the like which contain, in addition to the compound of the invention, excipients such as those known in the art.
A compound of the present invention, alone or in combination with other suitable components, can be made in aerosol formulations to be administered by inhalation. A compound or epimer of the invention is preferably supplied in finely divided form together with a surfactant and a propellant. Typical percentages of the compounds of the invention may be from about 0.01% to about 20% by weight, preferably from about 1% to about 10% by weight. The surfactant must, of course, be non-toxic and preferably soluble in the propellant. Representative of said surfactants are esters or partial esters of fatty acids containing from 6 to 22 carbon atoms, such as caproic, octanoic, lauric, palmitic, stearic, linoleic, linolenic, olesteric and oleic acids with an aliphatic polyhydric alcohol or its cyclic anhydride. Mixed esters, such as mixed or natural glycerides, can be used. The surfactant may constitute from about 0.1% to about 20% by weight of the composition, preferably from about 0.25% to about 5%. The rest of the composition is usually propellant. A vehicle may also be included as desired, for example, lecithin, for intranasal release. These aerosol formulations can be placed in acceptable pressurized thrusters, such as dichlorodifluoromethane, propane, nitrogen and the like. They can also be formulated as pharmaceuticals for non-pressurized preparations, such as in a nebulizer or an atomizer. Such aerosol formulations can be used to spray the mucosa.
Additionally, the compound of the invention can be made in suppositories by mixing with a variety of bases, such as emulsifying bases or water-soluble bases. Formulations suitable for vaginal administration may be presented as pessaries, buffers, creams, gels, pastes, foams or spray formulas containing, in addition to the compound ingredient, vehicles of the type that are known in the art as appropriate.
The concentration of the compound in pharmaceutical formulations can vary, for example, from less than about 1% to about 10%, to as much as 20% to 50% or more by weight and can be selected primarily by volume and viscosity of fluids , according to the particular mode of administration selected.
For example, a typical pharmaceutical composition for intravenous infusion could be constituted to contain 250 ml of sterile Ringer's solution and 100 mg of at least one compound of the invention. Current methods for preparing parenterally administrable compounds of the invention will be known or apparent to those skilled in the art and are described in more detail in, for example, Remington's Pharmaceutical Science (17th ed.,

Mack Publishing Company, Easton, PA, 1985).
It will be appreciated by one of ordinary skill in the art that, in addition to the pharmaceutical compositions described above, the compound of the invention can be formulated as inclusion complexes, such as cyclodextrin inclusion complexes or liposomes. Liposomes can serve to direct a compound of the invention to a particular tissue, such as lymphoid tissue or cancer liver cells. Liposomes can also be used to increase the half-life of a compound of the invention. Many methods are available for preparing liposomes, as described in, for example, Szoka et al., Ann. Rev. Biophys. Bioeng., 9, 467 (1980) and US Pat. 4,235,871, 4,501,728, 4,837,028 and 5,019,369.
The pharmaceutical compounds or compositions are useful, in one embodiment, for the treatment and / or prophylaxis of diseases or disorders or conditions such as Alzheimer's disease (AD), mild cognitive impairment (DCL), senile dementia, dementia vascular, dementia of Parkinson's disease, attention deficit disorder, attention deficit hyperactivity disorder (ADHD), dementia associated with Lewy bodies, AIDS dementia complex (CDS), disease of Pick, dementia associated with Down syndrome, Huntington's disease, cognitive deficits associated with head trauma (TBI), cognitive impairment associated with stroke, post-stroke neuroprotection, cognitive and sensitivomotor stimulation deficits associated with schizophrenia , cognitive deficits associated with bipolar disorder, cognitive impairments associated with depression, acute pain, post-surgical pain or postoperative, chronic pain, inflammation, inflammatory pain, neuropathic pain, quitting smoking, the need for growth of new blood vessels associated with wound healing, the need for growth of new blood vessels associated with graft vascularization of skin and lack of circulation, arthritis, rheumatoid arthritis, psoriasis, Crohn's disease, ulcerative colitis, reservoritis, inflammatory bowel disease, celiac disease, periodontitis, sarcoidosis, pancreatitis, rejection to organ transplantation, acute immune disease associated with organ transplantation, chronic immune disease associated with organ transplantation, septic shock, toxic shock syndrome, sepsis syndrome, depression and rheumatoid spondylitis.
In another embodiment, the pharmaceutical compositions are useful for the treatment and / or prophylaxis of diseases or disorders or conditions, classified or diagnosed as major or minor neurocognitive disorders or disorders that arise due to neurodegeneration.
Also described herein is a method of administration of a compound of formula I, as defined hereinbefore in combination with, or as a supplement to, medications used in the treatment of attention deficit hyperactivity disorders. , schizophrenia and other cognitive disorders such as Alzheimer's disease, Parkinson's dementia, vascular dementia or dementia associated with Lewy bodies or head trauma.
Also described herein is a method of administration of a compound of formula I, as defined hereinbefore in combination with, or as a complement to, acetylcholinesterase inhibitors, drugs or disease modifying biological products. for neurodegenerative disorders, dopaminergic drugs, antidepressants or a typical or atypical antipsychotic.
Accordingly, the compound of formula I is useful for preventing or treating a disorder mediated by nicotinic acetylcholine receptors. Said compounds may be administered to a subject who has such a disorder or is susceptible to said disorders in a therapeutically effective amount. The compounds are useful in particular for a method of treating a mammal that has a condition in which modulation of nicotinic acetylcholine receptor activity has a therapeutic benefit, in which the method is performed by administering a therapeutically amount. Effective of a compound of formula I to a subject who has, or is likely to have, such a disorder.
The present invention also provides a pharmaceutical composition, which contains the compounds of general formula (I) as defined above, their tautomeric forms, their stereoisomers, their pharmaceutically acceptable salts in combination with the usual vehicles, diluents and the like for pharmaceutical use and for use in any of the methods described herein.
The compounds of the invention can be administered in a dose sufficient to treat the disease, condition or disorder. Such doses are known in the art (see, for example, the Physicians' Desk Reference (2004)). The compounds can be administered using techniques such as those described in, for example, Wasserman et al., Cancer, 36, p. 1258-1268 (1975) and Physicians' Desk Reference, 58th ed., Thomson PDR (2004).
Suitable doses and dosage guidelines can be determined by conventional therapeutic range search techniques known to those of ordinary skill in the art. Generally, treatment is initiated with smaller dosages that are less than the optimal dose of the compound of the present invention. Subsequently, the dosage is increased in small increments until the optimum effect is reached in the given circumstances. The present method may involve the administration of about 0.1 µg to about 50 mg of at least one compound of the invention per kg of the individual's body weight.

For a 70 kg patient, doses of about 10 µg to about 200 mg of the compound of the invention would be more commonly used, depending on the physiological response of a patient.
By way of example and without intending to limit the invention, the dose of the pharmaceutically active agent or agents described herein for the methods of treatment or prevention of a disease or condition as described above may be from about 0.001 to about 1 mg / kg of the subject's body weight per day, for example, approximately 0.001 mg, 0.002 mg, 0.005 mg, 0.010 mg, 0.015 mg, 0.020 mg, 0.025 mg, 0.050 mg, 0.075 mg, 0.1 mg, 0, 15 mg, 0.2 mg, 0.25 mg, 0.5 mg, 0.75 mg or 1 mg / kg body weight per day. The dose of the pharmaceutically active agent or agents described herein for the described methods may be from about 1 to about 1000 mg / kg of the subject's body weight per day, for example, about 1 mg, 2 mg. , 5 mg, 10 mg, 15 mg, 0.020 mg, 25 mg, 50 mg, 75 mg, 100 mg, 150 mg, 200 mg, 250 mg, 500 mg, 750 mg or 1000 mg / kg body weight per day.
In accordance with the embodiments, the present disclosure provides methods for treating, preventing, improving and / or inhibiting a condition modulated by the nicotinic acetylcholine receptor comprising administering a compound of formula (I) or a salt thereof.
The terms "treat", "prevent", "improve" or "inhibit", as well as the words derived therefrom, as used herein, do not necessarily imply treatment, prevention, improvement or inhibition by 100% or complete. Rather, there are varying degrees of treatment, prevention, improvement and inhibition of which a person skilled in the art recognizes that they have a potential benefit or therapeutic effect. In this regard, the methods of the invention can provide any amount of any level of treatment, prevention, improvement or inhibition of the disease in a mammal. For example, a disorder, including its symptoms or conditions, can be reduced, for example, by 100%, 90%, 80%, 70%, 60%, 50%, 40%, one 30%, 20% or 10%. In addition, the treatment, prevention, improvement or inhibition provided by the method of the invention may include the treatment, prevention, improvement or inhibition of one or more disease conditions or symptoms, for example, cancer. In addition, for the purposes of this document, "treatment", "prevention", "improvement" or "inhibition" may encompass the delay of the onset of the disorder or a symptom or condition thereof.
In accordance with the invention, the term subject includes an "animal" which in turn includes a mammal such as, without limitation, the Rodentia order, such as mice and the Lagomorpha order, such as rabbits. It is preferred that mammals are of the order Carnivora, which includes Felines (cats) and Canines (dogs). It is more preferred that mammals are of the order Artiodactyla, which includes Bovines (cows) and Swine (pigs), or of the order Perssodactyla, which includes Equines (horses). It is more preferred that mammals are of the order of Primates, Ceboids or Simoids (monkeys) or of the order Anthropoids (humans and apes). An especially preferred mammal is the human being.
Below are the abbreviations and their meaning in the specification:
ACh: Acetylcholine.
EA: Alzheimer's disease.
CDS: AIDS dementia complex.
ADHD: Attention deficit hyperactivity disorder.
AIDS: Acquired immunodeficiency syndrome.
ARDS: Acute respiratory distress syndrome.
DCC: 1,3-Dicyclohexylcarbodiimide.
DCE: Dichloroethane.
DCM: Dichloromethane.
DIPEA: Diisopropylethylamine.
DLB: Dementia with Lewy bodies.
DMF: N, N-dimethylformamide.
EDCI: 1- (3-dimethylaminopropyl) -3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride.
FLIPR: Fluorimetric imaging plate reader.
HATU: 2- (1H-7-azabenzotriazol-1-yl) -1,1,3,3-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate.
HBSS: Hank balanced salt solution.
HEPES: 4- (2-Hydroxyethyl) piperazin-1-ethanesulfonic acid.
HMGB: High mobility group box.
HOAT: 1-Hydroxy-7-azabenzotriazole.
HOBT: Hydroxybenzotriazole Hydrate.
HPLC: High performance liquid chromatography.
IL: Interleukins.
TLD: Laterodorsal tegmental nucleus.
LGIC: Ion channels activated by ligand.
DCL: Mild cognitive impairment.
NBS: N-Bromosuccinimide.

NCS: N-Chlorosuccinimide.
NIS: N-Iodosuccinamide.
NNR: Neural nicotinic ACh receptors.
MAP: Positive allosteric modulation.
EP: Parkinson's disease.
NPD: Post-diabetic neuralgia.
NPH: Post-herpetic neuralgia.
PMBO: p-Methoxy benzyloxy.
SNP: Peripheral nervous system.
TBI: Traumatic brain injury.
THF: Tetrahydrofuran.
TLC: Thin layer chromatography.
TMS: Tetramethylsilane.
TNF-α: Tumor necrosis factor alpha.
ATV: Ventral tegmental area.
nAChR α7: α7 subunit of the nicotinic acetylcholine receptor.
The following examples are provided to further illustrate the present invention and therefore should not be construed in any way that limits the scope of the present invention. All 1 H NMR spectra were determined in the indicated solvents and chemical shifts are presented in units δ downstream of the internal tetramethylsilane standard (TMS) and interprotonic coupling constants are presented in hertz (Hz).
Example 1: Preparation of 4- (5- (4-chlorophenyl) -4-methyl-2-propionylthiophene-3-yl) benzenesulfonamide (Compound 1)
Stage 1: methyl 3-bromo-5- (4-chlorophenyl) -4-methylthiophene-2-carboxylate (1a)
To a stirred solution of methyl 5- (4-chlorophenyl) -4-methylthiophene-2-carboxylate (prepared according to the procedure presented in WO 2007092751, 4.0 g, 15.0 mmol) in chloroform ( 50 ml) at 25 ° C zinc chloride (2.06 g, 15.0 mmol) was added followed by the addition of bromine (2.64 g, 0.85 ml, 16.5 ° mmol) dropwise in An atmosphere of nitrogen. The resulting mixture was stirred at 60-65 ° C for 1.5 h. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. The reaction mixture was cooled to 0 ° C and quenched with water (30 ml). The resulting organic layer was washed with 10% aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution (50 ml, 2 times) and dried over anhydrous Na2SO4. The solvent of the organic layer was evaporated under reduced pressure to obtain a crude product, which was then purified by column chromatography on silica gel (100-200 mesh) using 3% ethyl acetate in hexanes as eluent to obtain the title compound (2.2 g, 42.53%); MS: m / z 345 (M + 1), 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz): δ 7.43 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.36 (d, J = 8.4 Hz , 2H), 3.9 (s, 3H), 2.28 (s, 3H).
The compounds provided below were prepared by a procedure similar to those described above for compound '1a' with appropriate variations of reactants, reaction conditions and amounts of reagents
2nd. Methyl 3-Bromo-5- (2-chlorophenyl) -4-methylthiophene-2-carboxylate
MS: m / z 345 (M + 1)
4th. Methyl 3-Bromo-5- (4-fluorophenyl) -4-methylthiophene-2-carboxylate
MS: m / z 330 (M + 1)
11a. Methyl 3-Bromo-5- (4- (tert-butyl) phenyl) -4-methylthiophene-2-carboxylate


MS: m / z 368 (M + 1)
17th Methyl 3-Bromo-5- (3,4-dichlorophenyl) -4-methylthiophene-2-carboxylate MS: m / z 381 (M + 1)
518. Methyl 3-Bromo-5- (2,4-dichlorophenyl) -4-methylthiophene-2-carboxylateMS: m / z 381 (M + 1)
19th. Methyl 3-Bromo-5- (2,4-difluorophenyl) -4-methylthiophene-2-carboxylate 10 MS: m / z 370 (M + 23)
20 a. Methyl 3-Bromo-5- (3-chloro-4-fluorophenyl) -4-methylthiophene-2-carboxylate MS: m / z 365 (M + 1)
15 21a. Methyl 3-Bromo-5- (3-chloro-4-methoxyphenyl) -4-methylthiophene-2-carboxylate MS: m / z 377 (M + 1)
47th Ethyl 3-bromo-5- (3,4-difluorophenyl) -4-methylthiophene-2-carboxylate MS: m / z 384 (M + 23) Step 2: 5- (4-chlorophenyl) -4-methyl- Ethyl 3- (4-sulfamoylphenyl) thiophene-2-carboxylate (1b)
To a solution of methyl 3-bromo-5- (4-chlorophenyl) -4-methylthiophene-2-carboxylate (compound 1a, 2.2 g, 6.3 ° mmol) in a mixture of toluene: ethanol (10 : 30 ml) boronic 4-aminosulfonylbenzene acid (prepared according to the procedure provided in EP 1012142, 1.28 g, 6.3 mmol) and potassium carbonate (1.76 g, 12.7 ° mmol) at 25 ° C in a sealed tube and gaseous nitrogen was bubbled through the reaction mixture for 15 minutes. To this was added tetrakis (triphenylphosphine) palladium (0) (0.370 g, 0.318 ° mmol) in
Atmosphere of nitrogen and the reaction mixture was heated at about 95- about 100 ° C for 18 hours with stirring. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. The reaction mixture was cooled to 25 ° C and filtered through celite. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain a crude product, which was purified by silica gel column chromatography (100-200 mesh) using 40% ethyl acetate in hexanes as eluent to obtain the title compound (1 , 3 g, 48%).
35 MS: m / z 436 (M + 1), 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz): δ 8.01 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.46-7.41 (m, 6H ). 4.89 (s a, 2H), 4.17 (c, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.99 (s, 3H), 1.9 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H).
The compounds provided below were prepared by a procedure similar to that described above for compound '1b' with appropriate variations of reactants, reaction conditions and amounts of reagents.
2b Ethyl 5- (2-chlorophenyl) -4-methyl-3- (4-sulfamoylphenyl) thiophene-2-carboxylateMS: m / z 436 (M + 1),
45 4b. Ethyl 5- (4-fluorophenyl) -4-methyl-3- (4-sulfamoylphenyl) thiophene-2-carboxylate MS: m / z 420 (M + 1)
11b Ethyl 5- (4- (tert-butyl) phenyl) -4-methyl-3- (4-sulfamoylphenyl) thiophene-2-carboxylate 50 MS: m / z 458 (M + 1)
17b Ethyl 5- (3,4-dichlorophenyl) -4-methyl-3- (4-sulfamoylphenyl) thiophene-2-carboxylateMS: m / z 470 (M + 1)
55 18b. Ethyl 5- (2,4-dichlorophenyl) -4-methyl-3- (4-sulfamoylphenyl) thiophene-2-carboxylate MS: m / z 470 (M + 1)


19b Ethyl 5- (2,4-difluorophenyl) -4-methyl-3- (4-sulfamoylphenyl) thiophene-2-carboxylate MS: m / z 438 (M + 1) 20b. Ethyl 5- (3-chloro-4-fluorophenyl) -4-methyl-3- (4-sulfamoylphenyl) thiophene-2-carboxylate MS: m / z 454 (M + 1)
521b 5- (3-Chloro-4-methoxyphenyl) -4-methyl-3- (4-sulfamoylphenyl) thiophene-2-carboxiateMS: m / z 466 (M + 1)
47b Ethyl 5- (3,4-difluorophenyl) -4-methyl-3- (4-sulfamoylphenyl) thiophene-2-carboxylate 10 MS: m / z 438 (M + 1)
Stage 3: 5- (4-chlorophenyl) -4-methyl-3- (4-sulfamoylphenyl) thiophene-2-carboxylic acid (1c)
Ethyl 5- (4-chlorophenyl) -4-methyl-3- (4-sulfamoylphenyl) thiophene-2-carboxylate (compound 1b, 1.9 g, 4.36 mmol) was suspended in ethanol (40 ml). and treated with 1 N NaOH solution (0.9 ml) at 25 ° C. The reaction mixture was heated at 50-55 ° C with stirring for 30-40 minutes. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. Then, the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The obtained residue was diluted with a mixture of
20 ethyl acetate: water (100: 50 ml). To the resulting diluted mixture was added 10% HCl to bring the pH of the mixture to between 5 and 6. The aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate (50 ml, 2 times). The combined organic layer was dried over anhydrous Na2SO4. The solvent of the organic layer was evaporated under reduced pressure to obtain the title compound. (1.72 g, 97%). MS: M / z 408 (M + 1), 1 H NMR (DMSO, 400 MHz): δ 12.87 (s at, 1H), 7.88 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.56 (s at, 4H). 7.5 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.45 (s, 2H), 1.95 (s, 3H).
The compounds provided below were prepared by a procedure similar to that described above for the compound '1c' with appropriate variations of reactants, reaction conditions and 30 quantities of reagents.
2 C. 5- (2-Chlorophenyl) -4-methyl-3- (4-sulfamoylphenyl) methylthiophene-2-carboxylic acidMS: m / z 408 (M + 1)
35 4c. 5- (4-fluorophenyl) -4-methyl-3- (4-sulfamoylphenyl) thiophene-2-carboxylic acid MS: m / z 392 (M + 1)
11c. 5- (4- (tert-Butyl) phenyl) -4-methyl-3- (4-sulfamoylphenyl) thiophene-2-carboxylic acidMS: m / z 430 (M + 1)
40 17c. 5- (3,4-Dichlorophenyl) -4-methyl-3- (4-sulfamoylphenyl) thiophene-2-carboxylic acid MS: m / z 442 (M + 1)
18c. 5- (2,4-Dichlorophenyl) -4-methyl-3- (4-sulfamoylphenyl) thiophene-2-carboxylic acid 45 MS: m / z 442 (M + 1)
19c 5- (2,4-Difluorophenyl) -4-methyl-3- (4-sulfamoylphenyl) thiophene-2-carboxylic acidMS: m / z 410 (M + 1)
50 20c. 5- (3-Chloro-4-fluorophenyl) -4-methyl-3- (4-sulfamoylphenyl) thiophene-2-carboxylic acid MS: m / z 426 (M + 1)
21c. 5- (3-Chloro-4-methoxyphenyl) -4-methyl-3- (4-sulfamoylphenyl) thiophene-2-carboxylic acidMS: m / z 438 (M + 1)
55 47c. 5- (3,4-Difluorophenyl) -4-methyl-3- (4-sulfamoylphenyl) thiophene-2-carboxylic acid MS: m / z 410 (M + 1)
Step 4: 5- (4-chlorophenyl) -3- (4- (N - ((dimethylamino) methylene) sulfamoyl) phenyl-N-methoxy-N, 4-dimethylthiophene-2-carboxamide


(1d)
5 Oxalyl chloride (2.1 g, 1.4 ml, 16.2 mmol) was added dropwise at 0 ° C to a solution of 5- (4-chlorophenyl) -4methyl-3- (4-sulfamoylphenyl) ) thiophene-2-carboxylic acid (compound 1c, 2.2 g, 5.4 ° mmol) in a mixture of dichloromethane (40 ml) and DMF (0.8 g, 0.8 ml, 10.8 mmol). The resulting mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature and stirred for 1.5 hours, under a nitrogen atmosphere. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and used directly to react further. The residue
10 obtained in this way was dissolved in dry dichloromethane (40 ml) and triethylamine (2.8 g, 3.9 ml, 27.0 mmol) was added thereto followed by the addition of Ν, dime-dimethylhydroxylamine hydrochloride ( 1.06 g, 10.8 ° mmol) with stirring. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 h. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. The reaction mixture was washed with water (20 ml, 2 times) and the organic layer obtained was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain a crude product. The crude product was purified
15 additionally by column chromatography on silica gel (100-200 mesh) using 80% ethyl acetate in hexane as eluent to obtain the title compound (2.36 g, 86%). MS: m / z 506 (M + 1), 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz): δ 8.14 (s, 1H), 7.95 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.42 (width, 4H). 7.37 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 3.68 (s, 3H), 3.17 (s, 3H), 3.13 (s, 3H), 3.05 (s, 3H ), 1.98 (s, 3H).
The compounds provided below were prepared by a procedure similar to that described above for the compound '1d' with appropriate variations of reactants, reaction conditions and quantities of reagents.
25 2d. 5- (2-Chlorophenyl) -3- (4- (N - ((dimethylamino) methylene) sulfamoyl) phenyl) -N-methoxy-N, 4-dimethylthiophene-2-carboxamide MS: m / z 506 (M + 1 )
4d 3- (4- (N - ((dimethylamino) methylene) sulfamoyl) phenyl) -5- (4-fluorophenyl) -N-methoxy-N, 4-dimethylthiophene-2-carboxamide MS: m / z 490 (M + 1 ).
30 11d. 5- (4- (tert-Butyl) phenyl) -3- (4- (N - ((dimethylamino) methylene) sulfamoyl) phenyl) -N-methoxy-N, 4-dimethylthiophene-2-carboxamide MS: m / z 528 ( M + 1).
35 17d. 5- (3,4-Dichlorophenyl) -3- (4- (N - ((dimethylamino) methylene) sulfamoyl) phenyl) -N-methoxy-N, 4-dimethylthiophene-2-carboxamide MS: m / z 540 (M +1).
18d 5- (2,4-Dichlorophenyl) -3- (4- (N - ((dimethylamino) methylene) sulfamoyl) phenyl) -N-methoxy-N, 4-dimethylthiophene-2-carboxamide MS: m / z 540 (M +1).
40 19d. 5- (2,4-Difluoro phenyl) -3- (4- (N - ((dimethylamino) methylene) sulfamoyl) phenyl) -N-methoxy-N, 4-dimethylthiophene-2-carboxamide MS: m / z 508 (M + one).
45 20d. 5- (3-Chloro-4-fluorophenyl) -3- (4- (N - ((dimethylamino) methylene) sulfamoyl) phenyl) - N-Methoxy-N, 4-dimethylthiophene-2-carboxamide EM: m / z 524 ( M + 1).
21d 5- (3-Chloro-4-methoxyphenyl) -3- (4- (N - ((dimethylamino) methylene) sulfamoyl) phenyl) -N-methoxy-N, 4-dimethylthiophene-250 carboxamide MS: m / z 536 ( M + 1).
47d 5- (3,4-Difluorophenyl) -3- (4- (N - ((dimethylamino) methylene) sulfamoyl) phenyl) -N-methoxy-N, 4-dimethylthiophene-2-carboxamide 55 MS: m / z 508 (M + one).

Step 5: Preparation of 4- (5- (4-chlorophenyl) -4-methyl-2-propionylthiophene-3-yl) benzenesulfonamide (Compound 1)
To a stirred solution of 5- (4-chlorophenyl) -3- (4- (N - ((dimethylamino) methylene) sulfamoyl) phenyl) -N-methoxy-N, 4-dimethylthiophene-2-carboxamide (compound 1d, 2,3 g, 4.55 mmol) in anhydrous THF (40 ml) at 25 ° C, Grignard reagent (ethyl magnesium bromide, 3.04 g, 22.8 ml, 22.77 mmol) was added dropwise The reaction mixture was heated at 70-75 ° C for 1 h. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. After cooling the reaction mixture to 0 ° C, the reaction mixture was quenched by the addition of a saturated ammonium chloride solution (40 ml) and the resulting mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (50 ml, 3 times). The combined organic layer was dried over anhydrous Na2SO4. The solvent was evaporated from the organic layer, dried under reduced pressure to obtain a crude product; which was purified by silica gel column chromatography (100-200 mesh) using 30-35% ethyl acetate in hexane as eluent to obtain the title compound that was further purified by precipitation by dissolving 1.1 g of the compound in dichloromethane (10 ml) and precipitating it by the slow addition of diisopropyl ether. (0.89 g, 47%) MS: m / z 420 (M + 1), 1 H NMR (DMSO, 400 MHz): δ 7.95 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.59 (sa, 4H), 7.56 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.45 (s, 2H), 2.37 (c, J = 6.8 Hz, 2H), 1.92 (s, 3H), 0.88 (t, J = 6.8 Hz, 3H).
The following compounds were prepared according to the procedure described above, but with the appropriate changes to the reagents
4- (5- (2-Chlorophenyl) -4-methyl-2-propionylthiophene-3-yl) benzenesulfonamide (Compound 2).MS: m / z 420 (M + 1),1H NMR (DMSO, 400 MHz): δ 7.88 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.56-7.58 (m, 1H), 7.43-7.47 (m, 7H ), 2.34 (c, J = 7.2 Hz,2H), 1.70 (s, 3H), 0.89 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H).
4- (5- (4-fluorophenyl) -4-methyl-2-propionylthiophene-3-yl) benzenesulfonamide. (Compound 4).MS: m / z 404 (M + 1),1H NMR (DMSO, 400 MHz): δ 7.94 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.56-7.64 (m, 4H), 7.49 (s a-exchanges with D2O, 2H),7.36-7.40 (m, 2H), 2.38 (c, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.92 (s, 3H), 0.89 (t, J = 7.2 Hz , 3H).
4- (5 - ((4-tert-butyl) phenyl) -4-methyl-2-propionylthiophene-3-yl) benzenesulfonamide (Compound 11)MS: m / z 442 (M + 1),1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz): δ 8.02 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.42-7.49 (m, 6H), 4.92 (s a-exchanges with D2O, 2H),2.56 (c, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.97 (s, 3H), 1.36 (s, 9H), 1.06 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H).
4- (5- (3,4-Dichlorophenyl) -4-methyl-2-propionylthiophene-3-yl) benzenesulfonamide (Compound 17)MS: MS: m / z 454 (M + 1),1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz): δ 8.03 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.59 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.54 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.42 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.32 (dd, J = 8.4, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 4.91 (s a-exchanges with D2O, 2H), 2.52 (c, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.95(s, 3H), 1.04 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H).
4- (5- (2,4-Dichlorophenyl) -4-methyl-2-propionylthiophene-3-yl) benzenesulfonamide (Compound 18)MS: MS: m / z 454 (M + 1),1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz): δ 8.04 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.53-7.54 (m, 1H), 7.44 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.32-7.42 (m,2H), 4.89 (s a-exchange with D2O, 2H), 2.55 (c, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.76 (s, 3H), 1.04 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H).
4- (5- (2,4-difluorophenyl) -4-methyl-2-propionylthiophene-3-yl) benzenesulfonamide (Compound 19)MS: m / z 422 (M + 1),1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz): δ 8.04 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.47 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.38-7.44 ( m, 1H) 6.98-7.04 (m,2H), 5.01 (s a-exchanges with D2O, 2H), 2.54 (c, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.83 (s, 3H), 1.05 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H).
4- (5- (3-Chloro-4-fluorophenyl) -4-methyl-2-propionylthiophene-3-yl) benzenesulfonamide (Compound 20)MS: m / z 438 (M + 1),1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz): δ 8.04 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.54 (dd, J = 6.8, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.42 ( d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H),7.35-7.38 (m, 1H), 7.25 (t, J = 8.4 Hz, 1H), 4.92 (s a-exchanges with D2O, 2H), 2.54 (c, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.94 (s,3H), 1.04 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H).


4- (5- (3-Chloro-4-methoxyphenyl) -4-methyl-2-propionylthiophene-3-yl) benzenesulfonamide (Compound 21)
MS: m / z 450 (M + 1),
1H NMR (DMSO, 400 MHz): δ 7.93 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.61 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.54 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.50 (d,
J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.49 (s a-exchange with D2O, 2H), 7.29 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 3.92 (s, 3H), 2 , 35 (c, J = 7.2 Hz,
5 2H), 1.91 (s, 3H), 0.87 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H).
4- (2-Acetyl-5- (4-chlorophenyl) -4-methylthiophene-3-yl) benzenesulfonamide (Compound 40)
MS: m / z 406 (M + 1),
1H NMR (DMSO, 400 MHz): δ 7.95 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.57-7.59 (m, 6H), 7.50 (s a-exchanges with D2O, 2H), 10 1.99 (s, 3H), 1.93 (s, 3H).
4- (5- (3,4-Difluorophenyl) -4-methyl-2-propionylthiophene-3-yl) benzenesulfonamide (Compound 47)
MS: m / z 422 (M + 1),
1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz): δ 8.03 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.42 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.25-7.33 ( m, 3H), 4.98 (s a15 exchanges with D2O, 2H), 2.52 (c, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.94 (s, 3H), 1.04 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H).
Example 2: Preparation of 4- (4-methyl-5-morpholino-2-propionylthiophene-3-yl) benzenesulfonamide (Compound 24)
Step 1: Preparation of N, N-dimethyl-N '- ((4-propionylphenyl) sulfonyl) formimidamide (24a)
To a stirred solution of 4-propionylbenzenesulfonamide (prepared according to the procedure presented in Bioorganic Chemistry 1994, 22, 387-394), 2.2 g (10.3 ° mmol) in ethyl acetate (20 ml) DMF (2.0 ml) was added followed by the addition of N, N-dimethylformamide dimethylacetal (1.36 g, 1.51 ml, 11.36 mmol) in a dropwise manner at room temperature. The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 4 h. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain a
30 solid product, which was washed with diisopropyl ether to obtain the title compound (2.6 g, 94%) MS: m / z 269 (M + 1), 1 H NMR (DMSO, 400 MHz): δ 8.25 (s, 1H), 8.08 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.90 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 3.15 (s, 3H), 3.09 (c, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 2.91 (s, 3H), 1.08 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H).
Step 2: Preparation of N '- ((4- (2- (1,3-dithiatan-2-ylidene) propanoyl) phenyl) sulfonyl) -N, N-dimethylformimidamide (24b)


To a stirred solution of N, N-dimethyl-N '- ((4-propionylphenyl) sulfonyl) formimidamide (compound 24a, 1.0 g, 3.73 mmol) in dry THF (30 ml) was added tert-butoxide of potassium (0.837 g, 7.46 mmol) at 0 ° C under a nitrogen atmosphere. The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to 0 ° C and carbon disulfide (0.425 g, 0.34 ml, 5.59 ° mmol) was added dropwise to 5 ° C to the cooled reaction mixture. The resulting reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes. The resulting reaction mixture was cooled to 0 ° C and dibromomethane (1.3 g, 0.85 ml, 7.46 mmol) was added to the cooled reaction mixture dropwise at 0 ° C. The resulting reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 20 h. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. The reaction mixture was poured into cold water (50 ml) and extracted with ethyl acetate (50 ml, 3 times). The combined organic layer was dried over anhydrous Na2SO4. The solvent is
10 evaporated under reduced pressure of the dried organic layer to obtain a crude product, which was further purified by silica gel column chromatography (100-200 mesh) using 2% methanol in dichloromethane as eluent to obtain the title compound. (0.65 g, 49%). MS: m / z 357 (M + 1), 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz): δ 8.13 (s, 1H), 7.93 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.59 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 4.16 (s, 2H), 3.15 (s, 3H), 3.04 (s, 3H), 1.83 (s, 3H).
Step 3: Preparation of N, N-dimethyl-N '- ((4- (2-methyl-3-morpholino-3-thioxopropanoyl) phenyl) sulfonyl) formimidamide (24c)
To a stirred solution of N '- ((4- (2- (1,3-dithiatan-2-ylidene) propanoyl) phenyl) sulfonyl) -N, N-dimethylformimidamide (compound 24b, 0.53 g, 1, 48 ° mmol) in toluene (20 ml) morpholine (0.39 g, 4.4 ° mmol) was added at room temperature. The reaction mixture was stirred at 115-120 ° C for 3 h. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain a crude product, which was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (100-200 mesh) using 2% methanol in dichloromethane as
Eluent to obtain the title compound (0.191 g, 32.3%) MS: m / z 398 (M + 1), 1 H NMR (DMSO, 400 MHz): δ 8.23 (s, 1 H), 7, 85 (sa, 4H), 5.19 (c, J = 6.4 Hz, 1H), 3.5-4.0 (m, 8H), 3.14 (s, 3H), 2.91 (s , 3H), 1.33 (d, J = 6.4 Hz, 3H).
The compounds provided below were prepared by a procedure similar to that described above for the compound '24c' with appropriate variations of reactants, reaction conditions and amounts of reagents.
22c. 4- (3- (4- (N - ((dimethylamino) methylene) sulfamoyl) phenyl) -2-methyl-3-oxopropanethioyl) piperazine-1-carboxylic acid tert -35 butyl MS: m / z 519 (M + 23)
23c. N '- ((4- (3- (4- (4-fluorophenyl) piperazin-1-yl) -2-methyl-3-thioxopropanoyl) phenyl) sulfonyl) -N, N-dimethylformimidamide EM: m / z 491 ( M + 1)
Step 4: Preparation of ethyl 3- (4- (N - ((dimethylamino) methylene) sulfamoyl) phenyl) -4-methyl-5-morpholinothiophene-2-carboxylate (24d)


To a stirred solution of N, N-dimethyl-N '- ((4- (2-methyl-3-morpholino-3-thioxopropanoyl) phenyl) sulfonyl) formimidamide (compound 24c, 0.188 g, 0.45 ° mmol) in Dry acetone (15 ml) was added potassium carbonate (0.45 g, 3.17 ° mmol) at room temperature. The resulting mixture was stirred at 55-60 ° C for 2 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to 0 ° C and ethyl iodoacetate (0.097 g, 0.053 ml, 0.45 ° mmol) was added dropwise thereto. The reaction mixture was stirred at reflux temperature for 4 h. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. The reaction mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature and filtered through a bed of celite. The celite bed was washed with acetone (10 ml, 2 times). The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain a product in
10 crude, which was purified by silica gel column chromatography (100-200 mesh) using 50-55% ethyl acetate in hexanes as eluent to obtain the title compound (0.091 g, 43%) MS: m / z 466 (M + 1), 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz): δ 8.19 (s, 1H), 7.90 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.31 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 4.10 (c, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 3.87-3.84 (m, 4H), 3.16 (s, 3H), 3.07 (s, 3H), 3.07-3.04 (m, 4H), 1.88 (s, 3H), 1.15 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H).
The compounds provided below were prepared by a procedure similar to that described above for the compound '24d' with appropriate variations of reactants, reaction conditions and quantities of reagents.
20 22d. 4- (4- (4- (N - ((dimethylamino) methylene) sulfamoyl) phenyl) -5- (ethoxycarbonyl) -3-methylthiophene-2-yl) piperazine-1-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester: m / z 565 (M + 1)
23d Ethyl 3- (4- (N - ((dimethylamino) methylene) sulfamoyl) phenyl) -5- (4- (4-fluorophenyl) piperazin-1-yl) 4-methyl-thiophene-2-carboxylate EM: m / z 559 (M + 1)
Step 5: Preparation of 4-methyl-5-morpholino-3- (4-sulfamoylphenyl) thiophene-2-carboxylic acid (24e)
ethyl 3- (4- (N ((dimethylamino) methylene) sulfamoyl) phenyl) -4-methyl-5-morpholinothiophene-2-carboxylate (compound 24d, 0.36 g, 0.77 ° mmol) was suspended in ethanol (20 ml) and combined with a 2 N solution of NaOH (1.55 ml) at 25 ° C. The reaction mixture was heated at 95-100 ° C with stirring for 1 hour. The progress of the reaction is
35 controlled by CCF. The resulting reaction mixture was concentrated under a reduced pressure. The obtained residue was diluted with a mixture of ethyl acetate: water (30:15 ml). To this was added 10% aqueous HCl to bring the pH between 5 and 6. The aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate (20 ml, 2 times). The combined organic layer was dried over anhydrous Na2SO4. The solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure from the dried organic layer to obtain the title compound (0.196 g, 66%).
40 MS: m / z 383 (M + 1), 1H NMR (DMSO, 400 MHz): δ 12.44 (sa, 1H), 7.83 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7, 42 (s, 2H), 7.41 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 3.75 (t, J = 4.8 Hz, 4H), 2.98 (t, J = 4.4 Hz, 4H), 1.79 (s, 3H).
The compounds provided below were prepared by a procedure similar to that described above for compound '24e' with appropriate variations of reactants, reaction conditions and


reagent quantities
22e 5- (4- (tert-Butoxycarbonyl) piperazin-1-yl) -4-methyl-3- (4-sulfamoylphenyl) thiophene-2-carboxylic acid MS: m / z 482 (M + 1)
523e. 5- (4- (4-fluorophenyl) piperazin-1-yl) 4-methyl-3- (4-sulfamoylphenyl) thiophene-2-carboxylic acidMS: m / z 476 (M + 1)
Step 6: Preparation of 3- (4- (N - ((dimethylamino) methylene) sulfamoyl) phenyl) -N-methoxy-N, 4-dimethyl-5-morpholinothiophene-210 carboxamide (24f)
Oxalyl chloride (0.19 g, 0.13 ml, 1.49 mmol) was added dropwise at 0 ° C to a solution of 4-methyl-5 acid
15 morpholino-3- (4-sulfamoylphenyl) thiophene-2-carboxylic acid (compound 24e, 0.19 g, 0.497 mmol) in a mixture of dichloromethane (15 ml) and DMF (0.073 g, 0.08 ml, 0, 99 mmol). The resulting mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature and stirred for 1.5 hours, under a nitrogen atmosphere. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and used directly to react further. The residue thus obtained was dissolved in dry dichloromethane (15 ml) and to this was added
Triethylamine (0.251 g, 0.35 ml, 2.48 ° mmol) followed by the addition of Ν, Ο-dimethylhydroxylamine hydrochloride (0.098 g, 0.99 ° mmol) with stirring at 0 ° C. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 h. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. The reaction mixture was washed with water (10 ml, 2 times) and the resulting organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain a crude product. The crude product was further purified by column chromatography on silica gel (mesh
100-200-200) using 1% methanol in dichloromethane as eluent to obtain the title compound (0.127 g, 53%). MS: m / z 481 (M + 1), 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz): δ 8.13 (s, 1H), 7.89 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.29 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 3.86 (sa, 4H), 3.65 (s, 3H), 3.14 (s, 3H), 3.13 (s, 3H), 3 , 03-3.05 (m, 7H), 1.85 (s, 3H).
The compounds provided below were prepared by a procedure similar to that described above for the compound '24f' with appropriate variations of reactants, reaction conditions and quantities of reagents.
35 22f. 4- (4- (4- (N - ((dimethylamino) methylene) sulfamoyl) phenyl) -5- (methoxy (methyl) carbamoyl) -3-methylthiophene-2-yl) piperazine-1-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester. MS: m / z 580 (M + 1).
23f. 3- (4- (N - ((dimethylamino) methylene) sulfamoyl) phenyl) -5- (4- (4-fluorophenyl) piperazin-1-yl) -N-methoxy-N, 4-dimethylthiophene-240 carboxamide. MS: m / z 574 (M + 1).
Step 7: Preparation of 4- (4-methyl-5-morpholino-2-propionylthiophene-3-yl) benzenesulfonamide (compound 24)


To a stirred solution of 3- (4- (N - ((dimethylamino) methylene) sulfamoyl) phenyl) -N-methoxy-N, 4-dimethyl-5-morpholinothiophene-2-carboxamide (compound 24f, 0.120 g, 0.25 ° mmol) in anhydrous THF (10 ml) at 25 ° C, Grignard reagent (ethyl magnesium bromide, 0.17 g, 1.25 ml, 1.25 mmol) was added dropwise and the reaction mixture was heated at 70-75 ° C for 1 h. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. After cooling the reaction mixture to 0 ° C, the reaction mixture was quenched by the addition of a saturated ammonium chloride solution (10 ml) and the resulting mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (20 ml, 2 times) . The combined organic layer was dried over anhydrous Na2SO4. The solvent of the dried organic layer was evaporated under reduced pressure to obtain a crude product, which was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (100-200 mesh) using 40-45% ethyl acetate in hexane as eluent for obtain the title compound that was further purified by
Precipitation by dissolving 0.056 g of this compound in ethyl acetate (1.0 ml) and precipitating it by the slow addition of diisopropyl ether. The precipitate was filtered to obtain the title compound. (0.047 g, 48%). MS: m / z 395 (M + 1), 1H NMR (DMSO, 400 MHz): δ 7.88 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.46-7.48 (m, 4H) , 3.74-3.76 (m, 4H), 3.00-3.03 (m, 4H), 2.24 (c, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.75 (s, 3H ), 0.83 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H).
The following compounds were prepared according to the procedure described above, but with the appropriate changes to the reagents.
4- (4-methyl-5- (piperazin-1-yl) -2-propionylthiophene-3-yl) benzenesulfonamide (Compound 22).
20 MS: MS: m / z 394 (M + 1), 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz): δ 7.84 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.18 (d, J = 8 , 4 Hz, 2H), 6.31 (s a-exchanges with D2O, 2H), 2.84-2.89 (m, 8H), 2.36 (s a-exchanges with D2O, 1H), 2, 16 (c, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.63 (s, 3H), 0.80 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H).
4- (5- (4- (4-fluorophenyl) piperazin-1-yl) -4-methyl-2-propionylthiophene-3-yl) benzenesulfonamide (Compound 23). MS: m / z 488 (M + 1), 1H NMR (DMSO, 400 MHz): δ 7.88 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.47-7.49 (m, 4H) , 7.00-7.10 (m, 4H), 3.34-3.36 (m, 4H), 3.24-3.26 (m, 2H), 3.16-3.19 (m, 2H), 2.24 (c, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.78 (s, 3H), 0.83 (. T, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H)
Example 3: Preparation of 4- (5- (4-methoxyphenyl) -4-methyl-2-propionylthiophene-3-yl) benzenesulfonamide (Compound 7)
Stage 1: methyl 3-bromo-4-methylthiophene-2-carboxylate (7a)
To a stirred suspension of copper (II) bromide (14.3 g, 64.0 mmol) in acetonitrile (70 ml), t-butyl nitrite (7.83 g, 9.21 ml, 76 was added , 0 ° mmol) in a nitrogen atmosphere at room temperature (25 ° C). To this suspension was added solution of methyl 3-amino-4-methylthiophene-2-carboxylate (10.0 g, 58.0 mmol) in acetonitrile (30 mL) at 20 ° C dropwise over a period of 2 h. The reaction mixture was stirred at 25 ° C for 2 h. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. The reaction mixture was added slowly to 150 ml of 2N HCl and extracted with ethyl acetate (150 ml, 2 times). The resulting organic layer was washed with water (50 ml, 1 time), brine (50 ml, 1 time) and dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain the
Semi-solid crude product (10.5 g), which was then purified by silica gel column chromatography (100-200 mesh) using 7% ethyl acetate in hexanes as eluent to obtain the title compound. (9.0 g, 65.55%). MS: m / z 236 (M + 1), 1 H NMR (CDCl 3, 400 MHz): δ 7.19 (s, 1 H), 3.87 (s, 3 H), 2.24 (s, 3 H).


Stage 2: methyl 4-methyl-3- (4-sulfamoylphenyl) thiophene-2-carboxylate. (7b)
To a stirred suspension of methyl 3-bromo-4-methylthiophene-2-carboxylate (compound 7a, 9.0 g, 38.0 ° mmol) in ethanol: toluene (100: 30 ml) in a sealed tube, were added (4-Sulfamoylphenyl) boronic acid (8.46 g, 42.0 mmol) and potassium carbonate (10.57 g, 76.0 mmol) in a nitrogen atmosphere at room temperature (approximately 25 ° C). Nitrogen gas was purged into this suspension for an additional 15 minutes at room temperature (approximately 25 ° C) and tetrakis (triphenylphosphine) palladium (0) (2.21 g, 1.9 ° mmol) was added at 25 ° C and the sealed tube was Hill. The reaction mixture was stirred at 105 ° C for 15 hours and the progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. The reaction mixture was filtered and washed with ethyl acetate (100 ml, 2 times). The organic layer was concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain the crude product as a semi-solid (11.2 g); which was purified by silica gel column chromatography (100-200 mesh) using 50% ethyl acetate in hexanes as eluent to obtain the title compound (20% ethyl ester was observed as trans esterified product) (8, 8 g, 70.70%). MS: m / z 312 (M + 1), 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz): δ 7.97 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.38 (d, J = 8.4 Hz , 2H), 7.23 (s, 1H), 4.91 (s a-exchange with D2O, 2H) 3.71 (s, 3H), 2.20 (s, 3H).
Stage 3: methyl 5-bromo-4-methyl-3- (4-sulfamoylphenyl) thiophene-2-carboxylate. (7c)
To a stirred suspension of methyl 4-methyl-3- (4-sulfamoylphenyl) thiophene-2-carboxylate (compound 7b, 8.80 g, 27.0 mmol) in DCM (150 ml), bromine was added ( 5.19 g, 1.67 ml, 32.0 mmol) at 0 ° C drop by drop. The reaction mixture was stirred at 25 ° C for 2 hours and the progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. Then, the reaction mixture was completely concentrated and again dissolved in DCM (250 ml). The organic layer obtained in this way was washed with water (50 ml, 2 times), brine (50 ml, 1 time) and dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain the crude product as a semi-solid (10.2 g), which was then purified by silica gel column chromatography (100-200 mesh) using 50% ethyl acetate in hexanes as eluent to obtain the title compound (20% ethyl ester was observed % as trans esterified product) (9.0 g, 82.34%). MS: m / z 391 (M + 1), 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz): δ 8.01 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.39 (d, J = 8.4 Hz , 2H), 4.93 (s a-exchanges with D2O, 2H), 3.72 (s, 3H), 1.95 (s, 3H).
Stage 4: methyl 5- (4-methoxyphenyl) -4-methyl-3- (4-sulfamoylphenyl) thiophene-2-carboxylate. (7d)
To the solution of methyl 5-bromo-4-methyl-3- (4-sulfamoylphenyl) thiophene-2-carboxylate (compound 7c, 3.0 g, 7.69 ° mmol) in a mixture of toluene: ethanol (25 : 75 ml) boric (4-methoxyphenyl) acid (1.28 g, 8.46 mmol) and potassium carbonate (3.18 g, 23.07 mmol) were added at 25 ° C. Nitrogen gas was bubbled through the mixture of

reaction for 15 minutes. To this was added tetrakis (triphenylphosphine) palladium (0) (0.477 g, 0.422 ° mmol) under nitrogen and the reaction mixture was heated at 95-100 ° C for 1 hour with stirring. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. The reaction mixture was cooled to 25 ° C and filtered through celite and then washed with ethyl acetate (50 ml). The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain a crude product, which was purified by silica gel column chromatography (100-200 mesh) using 50% ethyl acetate in hexanes as eluent to obtain the title compound (se observed 20% ethyl ester as trans esterified product) (2.69 g, 84%). MS: m / z 418 (M + 1), 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz): δ 8.01 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.41-7.46 (m, 4H) , 7.00 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H). 4.96 (s exchanges with D2O, 2H), 3.87 (s, 3H), 3.73 (s, 3H), 1.99 (s, 3H).
The compounds provided below were prepared by a procedure similar to that described above for compound '7d' with appropriate variations of reactants, reaction conditions and amounts of reagents.
3d. Ethyl 5- (3-chlorophenyl) -4-methyl-3- (4-sulfamoylphenyl) thiophene-2-carboxylate
MS: m / z 436 (M + 1)
5 d. Ethyl 5- (4-Cyclopropylphenyl) -4-methyl-3- (4-sulfamoylphenyl) thiophene-2-carboxylate
MS: m / z 442 (M + 1)
6d Ethyl 4-methyl-3- (4-sulfamoylphenyl) -5- (4-trifluoromethyl) phenyl) thiophene-2-carboxylate
MS: m / z 468 (M-1)
8d Ethyl 5- (4-ethoxyphenyl) -4-methyl-3- (4-sulfamoylphenyl) thiophene-2-carboxylate
MS: m / z 446 (M + 1)
9d Ethyl 4-methyl-3- (4-sulfamoylphenyl) -5- (4-trifluoromethoxy) phenyl) thiophene-2-carboxylate
MS: m / z 486 (M + 1)
10d Ethyl 4-methyl-3- (4-sulfamoylphenyl) 5- (p-tolyl) thiophene-2-carboxylate
MS: m / z 416 (M + 1)
12d Ethyl 5- (4- (dimethylamino) phenyl) -4-methyl-3- (4-sulfamoylphenyl) thiophene-2-carboxylate
MS: m / z 445 (M + 1)
13d Ethyl 5- (3-fluorophenyl) -4-methyl-3- (4-sulfamoylphenyl) thiophene-2-carboxylate
MS: m / z 420 (M + 1)
14d Ethyl 4-methyl-5-phenyl-3- (4-sulfamoylphenyl) thiophene-2-carboxylate
MS: m / z 402 (M + 1)
15d Ethyl 5- (3-ethoxyphenyl) -4-methyl-3- (4-sulfamoylphenyl) thiophene-2-carboxylate
MS: m / z 446 (M + 1)
16d Ethyl 5- (4-ethylphenyl) -4-methyl-3- (4-sulfamoylphenyl) thiophene-2-carboxylate
MS: m / z 430 (M + 1)
25d Ethyl 4-methyl-5- (pyridin-4-yl) -3- (4-sulfamoylphenyl) thiophene-2-carboxylate
MS: m / z 403 (M + 1)
26d Ethyl 4-methyl-5- (pyridin-3-yl) -3- (4-sulfamoylphenyl) thiophene-2-carboxylate
MS: m / z 403 (M + 1)
27d Ethyl 5- (furan-3-yl) -4-methyl-3- (4-sulfamoylphenyl) thiophene-2-carboxylate
MS: m / z 392 (M + 1)
28d Ethyl 5- (1H-indole-5-yl) -4-methyl-3- (4-sulfamoylphenyl) thiophene-2-carboxylate
MS: m / z 441 (M + 1)
29d Ethyl 4-methyl-5- (1-methyl-1H-indole-5-yl) -3- (4-sulfamoylphenyl) thiophene-2-carboxylate
MS: m / z 455 (M + 1)
30d Ethyl 5- (benzofuran-5-yl) -4-methyl 3- (4-sulfamoylphenyl) thiophene-2-carboxylate
MS: m / z 442 (M + 1)
31d Ethyl 5- (1-acetylindolin-5-yl) -4-methyl 3- (4-sulfamoylphenyl) thiophene-2-carboxylate
MS: m / z 485 (M + 1)
44d Ethyl 5- (4 - ((tert-butoxycarbonyl) methyl) amino) phenyl) -4-methyl-3- (4-sulfamoylphenyl) thiophene-2-carboxylate
MS: m / z 531 (M + 1).
Step 5: 5- (4-methoxyphenyl) -4-methyl-3- (4-sulfamoylphenyl) thiophene-2-carboxylic acid. (7e)


Ethyl 5- (4-methoxyphenyl) -4-methyl-3- (4-sulfamoylphenyl) thiophene-2-carboxylate (compound 7d, 3.02 g, 7.24 mmol) was suspended in ethanol (50 ml) and NaOH (1.44 g, 36.2 mmol) in 10 ml of water was added at 25 ° C. The reaction mixture was heated at 50-55 ° C with stirring for 2 h. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. Then, the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. 50 ml of water was added to the residue obtained from
5 this mode and the mixture was cooled using an ice bath. Then, aqueous hydrochloric acid (10%) was added to the mixture to bring the pH to between 5 and 6. Then the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (75 ml, 2 times). The combined organic layer was dried over anhydrous Na2SO4. The solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure to obtain a product (2.83 g, 97%). MS: m / z 404 (M + 1),
10 1 H NMR (DMSO, 400 MHz): δ 12.85 (s a-exchanges with D2O, 1H), 7.86 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.45-7.50 (m , 4H). 7.45 (s a-exchanges with D2O, 2H), 7.07 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 3.81 (s, 3H), 1.90 (s, 3H).
The compounds provided below were prepared by a procedure similar to that described above for compound '7e' with appropriate variations of reactants, reaction conditions and amounts of reagents.
3e. 5- (3-Chlorophenyl) -4-methyl-3- (4-sulfamoylphenyl) thiophene-2-carboxylic acidMS: m / z 408 (M + 1)5e. 5- (4-Cyclopropylphenyl) -4-methyl-3- (4-sulfamoylphenyl) thiophene-2-carboxylic acid
20 MS: m / z 414 (M + 1) 6e. 4-methyl-3- (4-sulfamoylphenyl) -5- (4-trifluoromethyl) phenyl) thiophene-2-carboxylic acid m / z MS: 442 (M + 1) 8e. 5- (4-Ethoxyphenyl) -4-methyl-3- (4-sulfamoylphenyl) thiophene-2-carboxylic acid MS: m / z 418 (M + 1)
25 9e. 4-methyl-3- (4-sulfamoylphenyl) -5- (4-trifluoromethoxy) phenyl) thiophene-2-carboxylic acid m / z MS: 458 (M + 1) 10e. 4-methyl-3- (4-sulfamoylphenyl) -5- (p-tolyl) thiophene-2-carboxylic acid MS: m / z 388 (M + 1) 12e. 5- (4- (dimethylamino) phenyl) -4-methyl-3- (4-sulfamoylphenyl) thiophene-2-carboxylic acid
30 MS: m / z 417 (M + 1) 13e. 5- (3-fluorophenyl) -4-methyl-3- (4-sulfamoylphenyl) thiophene-2-carboxylic acid MS: m / z 392 (M + 1) 14e. 4-methyl-5-phenyl-3- (4-sulfamoylphenyl) thiophene-2-carboxylic acid MS: m / z 374 (M + 1)
35 15e. 5- (3-Ethoxyphenyl) -4-methyl-3- (4-sulfamoylphenyl) thiophene-2-carboxylic acid MS: m / z 418 (M + 1) 16e. 5- (4-ethylphenyl) -4-methyl-3- (4-sulfamoylphenyl) thiophene-2-carboxylic acid MS: m / z 402 (M + 1) 25e. 4-methyl-5- (pyridin-4-yl) -3- (4-sulfamoylphenyl) thiophene-2-carboxylic acid
40 MS: m / z 375 (M + 1) 26e. 4-methyl-5- (pyridin-3-yl) -3- (4-sulfamoylphenyl) thiophene-2-carboxylic acid MS: m / z 375 (M + 1) 27e. 5- (Furan-3-yl) -4-methyl-3- (4-sulfamoylphenyl) thiophene-2-carboxylic acid MS: m / z 364 (M + 1)
45 28e. 5- (1H-indole-5-yl) -4-methyl-3- (4-sulfamoylphenyl) thiophene-2-carboxylic acid MS: m / z 413 (M + 1) 29e. 4-methyl 5- (1-methyl-1H-indol-5-yl) -3- (4-sulfamoylphenyl) thiophene-2-carboxylic acid MS: m / z 427 (M + 1) 30e. 5- (benzofuran-5-yl) -4-methyl-3- (4-sulfamoylphenyl) thiophene-2-carboxylic acid
50 MS: m / z 414 (M + 1) 31e. 5- (1-Acetylindolin-5-yl) -4-methyl-3- (4-sulfamoylphenyl) thiophene-2-carboxylic acid MS: m / z 457 (M + 1) 44e. 5- (4 - ((tert-Butoxycarbonyl) methyl) amino) phenyl) -4-methyl-3- (4-sulfamoylphenyl) thiophene-2-carboxylic acid. MS: m / z .503 (M + 1)
Step 6: 3- (4- (N - ((dimethylamino) methylene) sulfamoyl) phenyl) -N-methoxy-5- (4-methoxyphenyl) -N, 4-dimethylthiophene-2-carboxamide. (7f)


Oxalyl chloride (1.77 g, 1.2 ml, 13.9 mmol) was added dropwise at 0 ° C to a solution of 5- (4-methoxyphenyl) 4-methyl-3- (4-sulfamoylphenyl) ) thiophene-2-carboxylic acid (compound 7e, 2.8 g, 6.94 mmol) in a mixture of dichloromethane 5 (75 ml) and DMF (1.01 g, 1.1 ml, 13.89 mmol) . The mixture obtained in this way was allowed to reach room temperature and stirred for 1.5 h under a nitrogen atmosphere. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue thus obtained was dissolved in dry dichloromethane (75 ml) and triethylamine (2.8 g, 3.9 ml, 27.76 mmol) was added thereto followed by the addition of Ν, Ο-dimethylhydroxylamine hydrochloride (1.35 g, 13.89 mmol) with stirring. Then, the reaction mixture was stirred at temperature
10 room for 2 h. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. Then, the reaction mixture was washed with water (25 ml, 2 times) and the organic layer thus obtained was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain the crude product. The crude product was further purified by column chromatography on silica gel (100-200 mesh) using 80% ethyl acetate in hexane as eluent to obtain the title compound (2.73 g, 78%).
15 MS: m / z 502 (M + 1), 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz): δ 8.16 (s, 1H), 7.95 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7, 45 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.39 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.00 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 3.88 ( s, 3H), 3.70 (s, 3H), 3.19 (s, 3H), 3.17 (s, 3H), 3.07 (s, 3H), 2.00 (s, 3H).
The compounds provided below were prepared by a procedure similar to that described above for compound '7f' with appropriate variations of reactants, reaction conditions and amounts of reagents
3f. 5- (3-Chlorophenyl) -3- (4- (N - ((dimethylamino) methylene) sulfamoyl) phenyl) -N-methoxy-N, 4-dimethylthiophene-2-carboxamide MS: m / z 506 (M + 1 ).
25 5f. 5- (4- (Cyclopropylphenyl) -3- (4- (N - ((dimethylamino) methylene) sulfamoyl) phenyl) -N-methoxy-N, 4-dimethylthiophene-2-carboxamide MS: m / z 512 (M + 1) .
30 6f. 3- (4- (N - ((dimethylamino) methylene) sulfamoyl) phenyl) -N-methoxy-N, 4-dimethyl-5- (4- (trifluoromethyl) phenyl) thiophene-2-carboxamide MS: m / z 540 (M +1)
8f. 3- (4- (N - ((dimethylamino) methylene) sulfamoyl) phenyl) -5- (4-ethoxyphenyl) -N-methoxy-N, 4-dimethylthiophene-2-carboxamide 35 MS: m / z 516 (M + one)
9f. 3- (4- (N - ((dimethylamino) methylene) sulfamoyl) phenyl) -N-methoxy-N, 4-dimethyl-phenyl) -5- (4- (trifluromethoxy) phenyl) thiophene-2-carboxamide EM: m / z 556 (M + 1)
40 10f. 3- (4- (N - ((dimethylamino) methylene) sulfamoyl) phenyl) -N-methoxy-N, 4-dimethyl-phenyl) -5- (4- (p-tolyl) thiophene-2-carboxamide. MS: m / z 486 (M + 1)
45 12f. 3- (4- (N - ((dimethylamino) methylene) sulfamoyl) phenyl) -5- (4- (dimethylamino) phenyl) -N-methoxy-N, 4-dimethylthiophene-2-carboxamide EM: m / z 515 (M + one)
13f. 3- (4- (N - ((dimethylamino) methylene) sulfamoyl) phenyl) -5- (3-fluoro phenyl) -N-methoxy-N, 4-dimethylthiophene-2-carboxamide 50 MS: m / z 490 M + one)
14f. 3- (4- (N - ((dimethylamino) methylene) sulfamoyl) phenyl) -N-methoxy-N, 4-dimethyl-5-phenylthiophene-2-carboxamide MS: m / z 472 (M + 1)
55 15f. 3- (4- (N - ((dimethylamino) methylene) sulfamoyl) phenyl) -5- (3-ethoxyphenyl) -N-methoxy-N, 4-dimethylthiophene-2-carboxamide MS: m / z 516 (M + 1 )

16f 3- (4- (N - ((dimethylamino) methylene) sulfamoyl) phenyl) -5- (4-ethylphenyl) -N-methoxy-N, 4-dimethylthiophene-2-carboxamideMS: m / z 500 (M + 1)
25f. 3- (4- (N - ((dimethylamino) methylene) sulfamoyl) phenyl) -N-methoxy-N, 4-dimethyl-5- (pyridin-4-yl) thiophene-2-carboxamideMS: m / z 473 (M + 1).
26f. 3- (4- (N - ((dimethylamino) methylene) sulfamoyl) phenyl) -N-methoxy-N, 4-dimethyl-5- (pyridin-3-yl) thiophene-2-carboxamideMS: m / z 473 (M + 1).
27f. 3- (4- (N - ((dimethylamino) methylene) sulfamoyl) phenyl) -5- (furan-3-yl) -N-methoxy-N, 4-dimethylthiophene-2-carboxamideMS: m / z 462 (M + 1).
28f. 3- (4- (N - ((dimethylamino) methylene) sulfamoyl) phenyl) -5- (1H-indole-5-yl) -N-methoxy-N, 4-dimethylthiophene-2-carboxamideMS: m / z 511 (M + 1).
29f. 3- (4- (N - ((dimethylamino) methylene) sulfamoyl) phenyl) -N-methoxy-N, 4-dimethyl-5- (1-methyl-1H-indole-5-yl) thiophene-2-carboxamide.MS: m / z 525 (M + 1)
30f. 5- (benzofuran-5-yl) -3- (4- (N - ((dimethylamino) methylene) sulfamoyl) phenyl) -N-methoxy-N, 4-dimethylthiophene-2-carboxamideMS: m / z 512 (M + 1)
31f. 5- (1-Acetylindolin-5-yl) -3- (4- (N - ((dimethylamino) methylene) sulfamoyl) phenyl) -N-methoxy-N, 4-demethylthiophene-2-carboxamideMS: m / z 555 (M + 1)
44f. (4- (4- (4- (N - ((dimethylamino) methylene) sulfamoyl) phenyl) -5- (methoxy (methyl) carbamoyl) -3-methylthiophene-2yl) phenyl) (methyl) tert-butyl carbamateMS: m / z 601 (M + 1)
Step 7: 4- (5- (4-methoxyphenyl) -4-methyl-2-propionylthiophene-3-yl) benzenesulfonamide (compound 7)
Grignard reagent (ethyl magnesium bromide, 3.59 g, 26.8 ml, 26.94 mmol) was added dropwise to a stirred solution of 3- (4- (N - ((dimethylamino) methylene) sulfamoyl ) phenyl) -N-methoxy-5- (4-methoxyphenyl) -N, 4-dimethylthiophene-2-carboxamide (compound 7f, 2.7 g, 5.8 mmol) in anhydrous THF (100 ml) at 25 ° C and the reaction mixture was heated from about 70 to about 75 ° C for 1 h. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. After cooling the reaction mixture to 0 ° C, the reaction mixture was quenched by the addition of a saturated ammonium chloride solution (50 ml) and the resulting mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (100 ml, 2 times). The combined organic layer was dried over anhydrous Na2SO4. The solvent was evaporated from the dried organic layer under reduced pressure to obtain a crude product; which was purified by preparative HPLC to obtain the title compound (0.84 g, 37%) MS: m / z 416 (M + 1), 1 H NMR (CDCl 3, 400 MHz): δ 8.00 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.40-7.43 (m, 4H), 6.97 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 4.87 (s exchanges with D2O, 2H), 3.85 (s, 3H), 2.53 (c, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.93 (s, 3H), 1.03 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H).
The following compounds were prepared according to the procedure described above, but with the appropriate changes to the reagents.
4- (5- (3-chlorophenyl) -4-methyl-2-propionylthiophene-3-yl) benzenesulfonamide (Compound 3)MS: m / z 420 (M + 1),1H NMR (DMSO, 400 MHz): δ 7.93 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.62 (t, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.53-7-56 ( m, 5H), 7.49 (s exchanges with D2O, 2H), 2.38 (c, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.93 (s, 3H), 0.88 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H)
4- (5- (4-Cyclopropylphenyl) -4-methyl-2-propionylthiophene-3-yl) benzenesulfonamide (Compound 5)MS: m / z 426 (M + 1),1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz): δ 8.01 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.43 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.38 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 2H). 7.15 (d, J= 8.0 Hz, 2H), 4.87 (s a-exchanges with D2O, 2H), 2.55 (c, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.91-1.97 (m, 4H ), 1.01-1.06 (m,

5H), 0.75-0.78 (m, 2H).
4- (4-methyl-2-propionyl-5- (4- (trifluoromethyl) phenyl) thiophene-3-yl) benzenesulfonamide (Compound 6)MS: m / z 454 (M + 1),1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz): δ 8.03 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.72 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 2H), 7.61 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H). 7.43 (d, J= 8.0 Hz, 2H), 5.02 (s a-exchanges with D2O, 2H), 2.54 (c, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.97 (s, 3H), 1, 04 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H)
4- (5- (4-ethoxyphenyl) -4-methyl-2-propionylthiophene-3-yl) benzenesulfonamide (Compound 8)MS: m / z 430 (M + 1),1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz): δ 8.01 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.42 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.40 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 6.95 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 2H), 4.88 (s a-exchange with D2O, 2H), 4.08 (c, J = 6.8 Hz, 2H), 2.54 (c, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.93 (s, 3H),1.44 (t, J = 6.8 Hz, 3H), 1.03 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H).
4- (4-methyl-2-propionyl-5- (4- (trifluoromethoxy) phenyl) thiophene-3-yl) benzenesulfonamide (Compound 9)MS: m / z 470 (M + 1),1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz): δ 8.04 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.52 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 2H), 7.44 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H). 7.31 (d, J= 8.0 Hz, 2H), 4.98 (s a-exchange with D2O, 2H), 2.55 (c, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.95 (s, 3H), 1, 05 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H)
4- (4-methyl-2-propionyl-5- (4-tolyl) thiophene-3-yl) benzenesulfonamide (Compound 10)MS: m / z 400 (M + 1),1H NMR (DMSO, 400 MHz): δ 7.92 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.55 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.49 (s a-swap with D2O,2H), 7.45 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.33 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 2.33-2.36 (m, 5H), 1, 92 (s, 3H), 0.87 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H).
4- (5 - ((butyl 4-tert) phenyl) -4-methyl-2-propionylthiophene-3-yl) benzenesulfonamide (Compound 11)MS: m / z 442 (M + 1),1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz): δ 8.02 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.42-7.49 (m, 6H), 4.92 (s a-exchanges with D2O, 2H),2.56 (c, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.97 (s, 3H), 1.36 (s, 9H), 1.06 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H).
4 - ((5- (4-dimethylamino) phenyl) -4-methyl-2-propionylthiophene-3-yl) benzenesulfonamide (Compound 12)MS: m / z 429 (M + 1),1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz): δ 8.01 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.44 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.40 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H). 6.77 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 2H), 4.83 (s a-exchange with D2O, 2H), 3.03 (s, 6H), 2.55 (c, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 1, 97 (s, 3H), 1.05 (t, J =7.2 Hz, 3H)
4- (5- (3-fluorophenyl) -4-methyl-2-propionylthiophene-3-yl) benzenesulfonamide (Compound 13)MS: m / z 404 (M + 1),1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz): δ 8.02 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.40-7.46 (m, 3H), 7.26-7.29 (m, 1H ), 7.18-7.21 (m, 1H),7.09-7.14 (m, 1H), 5.09 (s a-exchanges with D2O, 2H), 2.55 (c, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.96 (s, 3H ), 1.03 (t, J = 7.2 Hz,3H)
4- (4-methyl-5-phenyl-2-propionylthiophene-3-yl) benzenesulfonamide (Compound 14)MS: m / z 386 (M + 1),1H NMR (DMSO, 400 MHz): δ 7.93 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.45-7.57 (m, 9H), 2.36 (c, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.93 (s, 3H),0.88 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H)
4- (5- (3-ethoxyphenyl) -4-methyl-2-propionylthiophene-3-yl) benzenesulfonamide (Compound 15)MS: m / z 430 (M + 1),1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz): δ 8.01 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.42 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.34 (t, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.05 (dd,J = 8.0, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 6.99 (t, J = 2.0 Hz, 1H), 6.92 (dd, J = 8.0, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 5.07 (s a-exchanges with D2O, 2H),4.06 (c, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 2.53 (c, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.95 (s, 3H), 1.42 (t, J = 7 , 2 Hz, 3H), 1.02 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H).
4- (5- (4-ethylphenyl) -4-methyl-2-propionylthiophene-3-yl) benzenesulfonamide (Compound 16)MS: m / z 414 (M + 1),1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz): δ 8.02 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.45 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 2H), 7.42 (t, J = 8.0 Hz, 2H), 7.29 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 2H), 5.00 (s a-exchanges with D2O, 2H), 2.72 (c, J = 7.6 Hz, 2H), 2.54 (c, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.96 (s, 3H),1.28 (t, J = 7.6 Hz, 3H), 1.04 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H).
4- (4-methyl-2-propionyl-5- (pyridin-4-yl) thiophene-3-yl) benzenesulfonamide (Compound 25)MS: m / z 387 (M + 1),1H NMR (DMSO, 400 MHz): δ 8.71 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.93 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.57-7.59 ( m, 4H), 7.50 (s in exchange with D2O, 2H), 2.39 (c, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.98 (s, 3H), 0.88 (t. J = 7.2 Hz, 3H)
4- (4-methyl-2-propionyl-5- (pyridin-3-yl) thiophene-3-yl) benzenesulfonamide (Compound 26)MS: m / z 387 (M + 1),1H NMR (DMSO, 400 MHz): δ 8.77-8.78 (m, 1H), 8.66 (dd, J = 8.8, 1.6 Hz, 1H), 7.99-8.02 (m, 1H), 7.94 (d, J =8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.54-7.58 (m, 3H), 7.50 (s a-exchanges with D2O, 2H), 2.38 (c, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H) , 1.94 (s, 3H), 0.88

(t, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H).
4- (5- (furan-3-yl) -4-methyl-2-propionylthiophene-3-yl) benzenesulfonamide (Compound 27)MS: m / z 376 (M + 1),1H NMR (CDCl3400 MHz): δ 8.01 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.68-7.69 (m, 1H), 7.51 (t, J = 1.6 Hz, 1H), 7.38 (d, J =8.4 Hz, 2H), 6.64-6.65 (m, 1H), 4.88 (s a-exchanges with D2O, 2H), 2.49 (c, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H) , 1.96 (s, 3H), 1.02(t, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H)
4- (5- (1H-indole-5-yl) -4-methyl-2-propionylthiophene-3-yl) benzenesulfonamide (Compound 28)MS: m / z 425 (M + 1),1H NMR (DMSO, 400 MHz): δ 11.3 (s a-exchanges with D2O, 1H), 7.92 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.74-7.75 (m, 1 HOUR),7.58 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.52 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.49 (s a-exchanges with D2O, 2H), 7.45 ( t, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H),7.27 (dd, J = 8.4, 1.6 Hz, 1H), 6.52-6.53 (m, 1H), 2.36 (c, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 1 , 96 (s, 3H), 0.85 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H).
4- (4-methyl-5- (1-methyl-1H-indol-5-yl) -2-propionylthiophene-3-yl) benzenesulfonamide (Compound 29)MS: m / z 439 (M + 1),1H NMR (DMSO, 400 MHz): δ 7.92 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.75 (s, 1H), 7.56-7.58 (m, 3H), 7, 49 (s a-exchangeswith D2O, 2H), 7.43 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.34 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 1H), 6.52 (d, J = 2.8 Hz , 1H), 3.83 (s, 3H), 2.37 (c, J =7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.96 (s, 3H), 0.88 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H).
4- (5- (benzofuran-5-yl) -4-methyl-2-propionylthiophene-3-yl) benzenesulfonamide (Compound 30)MS: m / z 426 (M + 1),1H NMR (DMSO, 400 MHz): δ 8.10 (s, 1H), 7.93 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 2H), 7.86 (s, 1H), 7.75 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.58 (d,J = 8.0 Hz, 2H), 7.48 (m, 3H), 7.05 (s, 1H), 2.37 (c, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.95 (s, 3H), 0.89 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H).
4- (5- (indolin-5-yl) -4-methyl-2-propionylthiophene-3-yl) benzenesulfonamide (Compound 31)MS: m / z 427 (M + 1),1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz): δ 7.99 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.40 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.23 (s, 1H) , 7.14-7.16 (m, 1H),6.66 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 5.72 (s a-exchanges with D2O. 2H), 3.63 (t, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 3.08 ( t, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H),2.46 (c, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 2.01 (s a-exchanges with D2O, 1H), 1.93 (s, 3H), 1.01 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H).
4- (4-methyl-5- (4- (4-methyl-piperazin-1-yl) phenyl) -2-propionylthiophene-3-yl) benzenesulfonamide (Compound 32)MS: m / z 484 (M + 1),1H NMR (DMSO, 400 MHz): δ 7.90 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.49 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.41 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.04 (d,J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 5.04 (s a-exchanges with D2O, 2H), 3.28-3.29 (m, 4H), 2.74-2.75 (m, 4H), 2.41 (s, 3H), 2.33 (c,J = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.88 (s, 3H), 0.85 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H).
4- (4-methyl-5- (4-methylaminophenyl) -2-propionylthiophene-3-yl) benzenesulfonamide (Compound 44)MS: m / z 415 (M + 1)1H NMR (DMSO, 400 MHz): δ 7.90 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.52 (d, J = 8.4 Hz. 2H), 7.47 (s a-exchanges with D2O,2H) 7.31 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 6.63 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 6.11 (c, J = 4.8 Hz - exchanges with D2O , 1H), 2.72 (d, J= 4.8 Hz, 3H), 2.34 (c, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.90 (s, 3H), 0.87 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H)
Example 4: Preparation of methyl 4-methyl-5- (2-oxoindoline-5-yl) -3- (4-sulfamoyl phenyl) thiophene-2-carboxylate (Compound 42) and 4-methyl-5- (2- ethyl oxoindolin-5-yl) -3- (4-sulfamoylphenyl) thiophene-2-carboxylate (Compound 43):
Following a procedure analogous to that envisaged for the compound of formula 7d (Step 4 of example 3) and replacing the 4-methoxyphenyl boronic acid with an appropriate boronic acid or a similar reagent, the compounds of formula 42 and 43 were prepared.
Methyl 4-methyl-5- (2-oxoindoline-5-yl) -3- (4-sulfamoylphenyl) thiophene-2-carboxylate (Compound 42)MS: m / z 443 (M + 1),1H NMR (DMSO, 400 MHz): δ 10.60 (s a-exchanges with D2O, 1H), 7.88 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.49 (d, J = 8, 4 Hz,2H), 7.40 (s a-exchanges with D2O, 2H), 7.37-7.39 (m, 2H), 6.94 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 3.64 ( s, 3H), 3.56 (s, 2H),1.96 (s, 3 H).
Ethyl 4-methyl-5- (2-oxoindolin-5-yl) -3- (4-sulfamoylphenyl) thiophene-2-carboxylate (Compound 43)MS: m / z 457 (M + 1),1H NMR (DMSO, 400 MHz): δ 10.59 (s a-exchange with D2O, 1H), 7.86 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.49 (d, J = 8, 4 Hz,2H), 7.41 (s a-exchanges with D2O, 2H), 7.37-7.39 (m, 2H), 6.94 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 4.08 ( c, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H),3.56 (s, 2H), 1.96 (s, 3H), 1.07 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H).


Example 5 Preparation of 4- (5- (4-chlorophenyl) -4-methyl-2-propionylthiophene-3-yl) -N, N-dimethylbenzenesulfonamide (Compound 45)
Y4- (5- (4 chlorophenyl) -4-methyl-2-propionylthiophene-3-yl) -N-methylbenzenesulfonamide (Compound 46)
To a solution of 4- (5- (4-chlorophenyl) -4-methyl-2-propionylthiophene-3-yl) benzenesulfonamide (Compound 1, 0.50 g, 1.19 ° mmol) in acetonitrile (15 ml) is K2CO3 (0.25 g, 1.84 mmol) was added at room temperature and stirred for 15 minutes. To this was added methyl iodide (0.20 g, 0.08 ml, 1.42 mmol). The mixture obtained in this way was stirred at room temperature for 15 h. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. Then, the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The concentrated mass was diluted with water (20 ml). The mixture obtained in this way was extracted with ethyl acetate (30 ml, 3 times). The combined organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain a crude product. The crude product obtained in this way was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (100-200 mesh) using
20% ethyl acetate in hexanes as eluent to obtain the first title compound (0.05 g, 9.38%) and the second title compound (0.045 g, 8.7%).
First title compound: 4- (5- (4-chlorophenyl) -4-methyl-2-propionylthiophene-3-yl) -N, N-dimethylbenzenesulfonamide (compound 45)
MS: m / z 448 (m 1) 1 H NMR (DMSO, 400 MHz): δ 7.86 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.60-7.65 (m, 6H), 2 , 65 (s, 6H), 2.32 (c, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.94 30 (s, 3H), 0.86 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H).
Second title compound: 4- (5- (4-chlorophenyl) -4-methyl-2-propionylthiophene-3-yl) -N-methylbenzenesulfonamide (Compound 46)


MS: m / z 434 (M + 1)1H NMR (DMSO, 400 MHz): δ 7.87 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.55-7.65 (m, 7H), 2.46 (d, J = 4.8 Hz, 3H), 2.34 (c, J =7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.93 (s, 3H), 0.86 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H).
5 Example 6: Preparation of 4- (5- (4-chlorophenyl) -4 - ((dimethylamino) methyl) -2-propionylthiophene-3-yl) benzenesulfonamide (Compound 35)
Step 1: 4- (bromomethyl) -5- (4-chlorophenyl) -3- (4-sulfamoylphenyl) thiophene-2-carboxylate methyl. (35a)
To a stirred solution of methyl 5- (4-chlorophenyl) -4-methyl-3- (4-sulfamoylphenyl) thiophene-2-carboxylate (Compound 1b,
4.0 g, 9.17 mmol) in chlorobenzene (50 mL), NBS (1.77 g, 10.09 mmol) and AIBN (1.65 g, 10.09 mmol) were added at 25 ºC. The reaction mixture was then stirred at 85 ° C for 4 h. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. The reaction mixture was then cooled to room temperature and quenched in aqueous sodium chloride solution (50 ml). Then, the mixture obtained in this way was extracted with ethyl acetate (50 ml, 2 times). The organic layer was washed with brine (50 ml, 1 time) and dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated under pressure.
20 reduced to obtain the crude product (4.0 g). The crude product was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (100-200 mesh) using 40% ethyl acetate in hexanes as eluent to obtain the title compound (2.8 g, 59.32%) MS: m / z 516 (M + 1), 1 H NMR (DMSO, 400 MHz): δ 7.90 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.59-7.71 (m, 4H), 7 , 58 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.51 (sa
25 exchanges with D2O, 2H) 4.29 (s, 2H), 4.10 (c, J = 6.8 Hz, 2H), 1.06 (t, J = 6.8 Hz, 3H).
Stage 2: 4- (bromomethyl) -5- (4-chlorophenyl) -3- (4- (N - ((dimethylamino) methylene) sulfamoyl) phenyl) thiophene-2-carboxylate. (35b)
To a stirred suspension of ethyl 4- (bromomethyl) -5- (4-chlorophenyl) -3- (4-sulfamoylphenyl) thiophene-2-carboxylate (compound 35a, 2.7 g, 5.24 mmol) in Ethyl acetate (30 ml) was added DMF (1.91 g, 2.01 ml, 26.2 ° mmol) and N, N-dimethylformamide dimethyl acetal (DMF-acetal) (0.69 g, 0, 76 ml, 5.76 ° mmol) under a nitrogen atmosphere at room temperature (approximately 25 ° C). The reaction mixture was then stirred at room temperature.
35 (approximately 25 ° C) for 4 hours. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain 2.9 g of crude product. The crude product thus obtained was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (100-200 mesh) using 1.5% methanol in DCM as eluent to obtain the title compound (2.2 g, 73.82 %) MS: m / z 571 (M 1),
1 H NMR (DMSO, 400 MHz): δ 8.23 (s, 1H) 7.85 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.62-7.75 (m, 4H), 7, 52 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 4.29 (s, 2H), 4.07 (c, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 3.15 (s, 3H) 2.94 (s, 3H), 1.01 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H).


Step 3: 5- (4-Chlorophenyl) -4 - ((dimethylamino) methyl) -3- (4- (N - ((dimethylamino) methylene) sulfamoyl) phenyl) thiophene-2-carboxylate ethyl. (35c)
5 To a stirred suspension of ethyl 4- (bromomethyl) -5- (4-chlorophenyl) -3- (4- (N - ((dimethylamino) methylene) sulfamoyl) phenyl) thiophene-2-carboxylate (compound 35b, 2,20 g, 3.86 ° mmol) in benzene (30 ml), dimethyl amine (0.69 g, 7.6 ml of 2M solution in THF, 15.4 ° mmol) was added at 0 ° C dropwise. The reaction mixture was then stirred at room temperature (approximately 25 ° C) for 16 h. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC.
Then, the reaction mixture was concentrated to obtain the crude product as a semi-solid (2.38 g). The crude product thus obtained was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (100-200 mesh) using 1.2% methanol in DCM as eluent to obtain the title compound (1.1 g, 53.39 %). MS: m / z 534 (M + 1), 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz): δ 8.16 (s, 1H), 7.93 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.66 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.39-7.42 (m, 4H), 4.14
15 (c, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 3.15 (s, 3H), 3.07 (s, 2H), 3.04 (s, 3H), 1.85 (s, 6H), 1.13 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H).
Step 4: 5- (4-chlorophenyl) -4 - ((dimethylamino) methyl) -3- (4-sulfamoylphenyl) thiophene-2-carboxylic acid (35d)
20- 5- (4-Chlorophenyl) -4 - ((dimethylamino) methyl) -3- (4- (N - ((dimethylamino) methylene) sulfamoyl) phenyl) thiophene-2-carboxylate (compound 35c, 1.0 g, 1.87 ° mmol) in ethanol (20 ml) and a solution of NaOH (0.37 g, 9.36 ° mmol) in water (2 ml) was added thereto at 25 ° C. The reaction mixture was heated at 75 ° C with stirring for 2 h. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. The reaction mixture was concentrated under pressure.
25 reduced. The residue obtained in this way was then diluted with water (5 ml) and cooled using an ice bath. To the cooled mixture was then added 10% aqueous HCl to bring the pH of the mixture to between 5 and 6. The resulting solid was filtered and dried under reduced pressure to obtain the title compound (0.8 g, 94 , 78%). MS: m / z 451 (M + 1), 1H NMR (DMSO, 400 MHz): δ 12.85 (s a-exchange with D2O, 1H), 7.86 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 2H ), 7.70 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 2H)
30 7.52-7.60 (m, 4H), 7.49 (s a-exchanges with D2O, 2H), 3.61 (s, 2H), 1.97 (s, 6H).
Step 5: 5- (4-chlorophenyl) -4 - ((dimethylamino) methyl) -3- (4- (N - ((dimethylamino) methylene) sulfamoyl) phenyl) -N-methoxy-Nmethylthiophene-2-carboxamide. (35e)
Oxalyl chloride (0.39 g, 0.26 ml, 3.1 ° mmol) was added dropwise at 0 ° C to a solution of 5- (4-chlorophenyl) -4 ((dimethylamino) methyl) -3 acid - (4sulfamoylphenyl) thiophene-2-carboxylic acid (compound 35d, 0.7 g, 1.55 mmol) in a mixture of dichloromethane (25 ml) and DMF (0.27 g, 0.24 ml, 3.10 ° mmol). The mixture obtained in this way was allowed to reach


room temperature and stirred for 1.5 h under a nitrogen atmosphere. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. Then, the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue thus obtained was dissolved in dry dichloromethane (25 ml), cooled to 0 ° C and triethylamine (0.94 g, 1.3 ml, 9.31 mmol) was added thereto followed by the addition of hydrochloride of N, O-dimethylhydroxylamine (0.3 g, 3.1 mmol) with stirring. The reaction mixture was then stirred at room temperature for 2 h. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. The reaction mixture was diluted with DCM (25 ml) and washed with water (25 ml, 2 times), the organic layer thus obtained was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain a product in stupid. The crude product obtained in this way was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (100-200 mesh) using 6% methanol in DCM as eluent to obtain the
10 title compound (0.45 g, 52.81%). MS: m / z 549 (M + 1), 1H NMR (DMSO, 400 MHz): δ 8.28 (s, 1H), 7.78 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 2H), 7.72 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.58 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 2H), 7.46 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 3.63 (s , 3H), 3.47 (s, 3H), 3.38 (s, 2H), 3.17 (s, 3H), 3.09 (s, 3H), 2.94 (s, 6H).
Step 6: 4- (5- (4-chlorophenyl) -4 - ((dimethylamino) methyl) -2-propionylthiophene-3-yl) benzenesulfonamide (Compound 35)
Grignard reagent (ethyl magnesium bromide, 0.48 g, 3.6 ml of 1 M solution in THF, 3.64 ° mmol) was added dropwise at
20 drop to a stirred solution of 5- (4-chlorophenyl) -4 - ((dimethylamino) methyl) -3- (4- (N - ((dimethylamino) methylene) sulfamoyl) phenyl) N-methoxy-N-methylthiophene- 2-carboxamide (compound 35e, 0.4 g, 0.72 mmol) in anhydrous THF (20 ml) at 25 ° C. Then, the reaction mixture was heated from about 70 to about 75 ° C for 2 h. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. After cooling the reaction mixture to 0 ° C, the reaction mixture was quenched by the addition of a saturated solution of ammonium chloride (15 ml). Then the mixture
25 formed in this way was extracted with ethyl acetate (30 ml, 2 times). The combined organic layer was dried over anhydrous Na2SO4. The solvent of the dried organic layer was evaporated under reduced pressure to obtain a crude product, which was then purified by column chromatography on silica gel (100-200 mesh) using 60% ethyl acetate in hexanes as eluent. the title compound (0.065 g, 19.28%) MS: m / z 463 (M + 1),
1 H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz): δ 7.99 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.63 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.48 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.42 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 4.95 (s a-exchange with D2O, 2H), 3.05 (s, 2H), 2, 51 (c, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H) 1.85 (s, 6H), 1.05 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H).
Example 7: Preparation of 4- (5- (4-chlorophenyl) -2-yl-3-propionylthiophene) benzenesulfonamide (Compound 33)
Stage 1: ethyl 3-bromo-5- (4-chlorophenyl) thiophene-2-carboxylate. (33a)
To a solution of ethyl 3,5-dibromothiophene-2-carboxylate (prepared according to the procedure described in
J. Chem. Soc. Perkin Trans-1: Organic and Bioorganic Chemistry (1972-1999), 1973, p. 1766 1770), 2.0 g
(6.36 ° mmol) in a mixture of toluene: water (35: 2 ml), boronic acid (4-chlorophenyl) [0.99 g, 45 6.36 ° mmol] and potassium carbonate (1, 76 g, 12.73 mmol) at 25 ° C. Nitrogen gas was bubbled through the

reaction mixture for 15 minutes. To the reaction mixture was then added tetrakis (triphenylphosphine) palladium (0) (0.37 g, 0.31 ° mmol) under a nitrogen atmosphere and the reaction mixture was heated from about 95 to about 100 ° C for 3 hours with agitation. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. The reaction mixture was cooled to 25 ° C and filtered through celite and the celite cake was washed with ethyl acetate (50 ml). The filtrate thus obtained was concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain a crude product, which was purified by flash column chromatography using 6% ethyl acetate in hexanes as eluent to obtain the title compound (1.5 g, 68 , 18%). MS: m / z 347 (M + 1), 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz): δ 7.52 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.39 (d, J = 8.4 Hz , 2H), 7.26 (s, 1H) 4.38 (c, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.40 (t, J., = 7.2 Hz, 3H).
Stage 2: ethyl 5- (4-chlorophenyl) -3- (4-sulfamoylphenyl) thiophene-2-carboxylate. (33b)
To the solution of ethyl 3-bromo-5- (4-chlorophenyl) thiophene-2-carboxylate acetate (compound 33a, 1.45 g, 4.19 ° mmol)in a mixture of toluene: ethanol (10:40 ml), boronic (4-sulfamoylphenyl) boronic acid (0.84 g, 4.19 ° mmol) was added andpotassium carbonate (1.16 g, 8.39 mmol) at 25 ° C. Nitrogen gas was bubbled through the reaction mixtureduring 15 minutes. To the reaction mixture was then added tetrakis (triphenylphosphine) palladium (0) (0.24 g,0.20 ° mmol) under nitrogen atmosphere and the reaction mixture was heated from about 95 toapproximately 100 ° C for 16 hours with stirring. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. Thereaction mixture was then cooled to 25 ° C and filtered through celite, the celite cake was washed with ethanol (25 ml,2 times) The filtrate thus obtained was concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain a crude product, whichpurified by column chromatography on silica gel (100-200 mesh) using 50% ethyl acetatein hexanes as eluent to obtain the title compound (1.35 g, 76.27%).MS: m / z 422 (M + 1),1H NMR (DMSO, 400 MHz): δ 7.83-7.87 (m, 4H), 7.68-7.70 (m, 3H), 7.54 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H ), 7.54 (s a-exchangeswith D2O, 2H), 4.19 (c, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.17 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H).
Stage 3: 5- (4-chlorophenyl) -3- (4-sulfamoylphenyl) thiophene-2-carboxylic acid. (33c)
Ethyl 5- (4-chlorophenyl) -3- (4-sulfamoylphenyl) thiophene-2-carboxylate (compound 33b, 1.3 g, 3.08 ° mmol) in ethanol (30 ml) was suspended and solution of NaOH (0.61 g, 15.4 ° mmol) in water (3 ml) thereto at 25 ° C. Then, the reaction mixture was heated at about 75 ° C with stirring for 3 h. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. Then, the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue thus obtained was diluted with water (5 ml) and cooled using an ice bath. To the cooled mixture was then added 10% aqueous HCl to bring the pH between 5 and 6. The mixture obtained in this way was extracted with ethyl acetate (25 ml, 3 times). The combined organic layer was dried over anhydrous Na2SO4. The solvent was evaporated from the dried organic layer under reduced pressure to obtain the title compound (1.10 g, 90.9%). MS: m / z 394 (M + 1), 1H NMR (DMSO, 400 MHz): δ 12.85 (s a-exchanges with D2O, 1H), 7.81-7.86 (m, 4H), 7 , 70-7.72 (m, 3H), 7.53 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.44 (s a-exchanges with D2O, 2H).
Step 4: 5- (4-chlorophenyl) -3- (4- (N - ((dimethylamino) methylene) sulfamoyl) phenyl) -N-methoxy-N-methylthiophene-2-carboxamide. (33d)


Oxalyl chloride (0.70 g, 0.48 ml, 5.58 ° mmol) was added dropwise at 0 ° C to a solution of 5- (4-chlorophenyl) 3- (4-sulfamoylphenyl) thiophene-2 acid -carboxylic (compound 33c, 1.10 g, 2.79 mmol) in a mixture of dichloromethane (30 ml) 5 and DMF (0.40 g, 0.43 ml, 5.58 ° mmol). The mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature and stirred for 1.5 h under a nitrogen atmosphere. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. Then, the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue thus obtained was dissolved in dry dichloromethane (30 ml) and then the mixture was cooled to 0 ° C. To the cooled mixture was added triethylamine (1.69 g, 2.32 ml, 16.75 mmol) followed by the addition of Ν, Ο-dimethylhydroxylamine hydrochloride (0.54 g, 5.58 mmol) with agitation. The
The reaction mixture was then stirred at room temperature for 2 h. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. Then, the reaction mixture was diluted with DCM (25 ml) and washed with water (25 ml, 2 times) and the organic layer thus obtained was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain a raw product. The crude product was purified by flash column chromatography using 0.8% methanol in DCM as eluent to obtain the title compound (0.9 g, 65.69%).
15 MS: m / z 492 (M + 1), 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz): δ 8.14 (s, 1H), 7.91 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7, 51-7.58 (m, 4H), 7.38 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.26 (s, 1H), 3.65 (. S, 3H), 3.22 ( s, 3H), 3.13 (s, 3H), 3.02 (s, 3H).
Stage 5: 4- (5- (4-chlorophenyl) -2-propionylthiophene-3-yl) benzenesulfonamide. (Compound 33) 20
Grignard reagent (ethyl magnesium bromide, 0.67 g, 5.0 ml of 1 M solution in THF, 5.08 ° mmol) was added dropwise to a stirred solution of 5- (4-chlorophenyl) -3 - (4- (N - ((dimethylamino) methylene) sulfamoyl) phenyl) -N-methoxy-N25 methylthiophene-2-carboxamide (compound 33d, 0.5 g, 1.01 mmol) in anhydrous THF (15 ml) at 25 ° C. Then, the reaction mixture was heated from about 70 to about 75 ° C for 2 h. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. After cooling the reaction mixture to 0 ° C, the reaction mixture was quenched by the addition of a saturated solution of ammonium chloride (10 ml). The mixture obtained in this way was extracted with ethyl acetate (30 ml, 2 times). The combined organic layer was dried over anhydrous Na2SO4. The solvent is
30 evaporated from the dried organic layer under reduced pressure to obtain a crude product, which was then purified by column chromatography on silica gel (100-200 mesh) using 40% ethyl acetate in hexanes as eluent to obtain the compound. of the title (0.06 g, 14.6%). MS: m / z 406 (M + 1), 1H NMR (DMSO, 400 MHz): δ 7.88 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.85 (d, J = 8.8 Hz , 2H), 7.69-7.71 (m, 3H) 7.55 (d, J =
35 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.48 (s a-exchanges with D2O, 2H), 2.58 (c, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 0.95 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H).


Example 8: Preparation of 4- (5- (4-chlorophenyl) -4- (dimethylamino) -2-propionyl thiophene-3-yl) benzenesulfonamide (Compound 34)
Stage 1: ethyl 3,5-dibromo-4-nitrothiophene-2-carboxylate. (34a)
10 Sulfuric acid (27.6 g, 15.0 ml, 281.0 mmol) was added dropwise to methyl 3,5-dibromothiophene-2-carboxylate (prepared according to the procedure described in JCS Perkin Trans- 1: Organic and Bioorganic Chemistry (1972-1999), 1973, p. 1766-1770), 5.0 g (15.92 ° mmol), at room temperature (approximately 25 ° C). The reaction mixture was cooled to -5 ° C and nitric acid (2.0 g, 2.04 ml, 31.84 mmol) was added to the cooled mixture slowly. The reaction mixture was then stirred at 0 ° C for 1 h. The progress of the reaction was monitored
15 through CCF. The reaction mixture was poured into ice-water (150 ml). The mixture obtained in this way was extracted with ethyl acetate (100 ml, 2 times). The combined organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain a crude product, which was then purified by silica gel column chromatography (100-200 mesh) using 2% ethyl acetate in hexanes. as eluent to obtain the title compound (3.40 g, 59.54%).
20 MS: m / z 359 (M + 1), 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz): δ 4.40 (c, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.40 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H).
Stage 2: ethyl 4-amino-3,5-dibromothiophene-2-carboxylate. (34b)
To the solution of ethyl 3,5-dibromo-4-nitrothiophene-2-carboxylate (compound 34a, 10.0 g, 27.85 mmol) in acetic acid (100 ml) was added iron powder (7, 77 g, 139.27 mmol). Then, the reaction mixture was heated at 60 ° C for 35 min with stirring. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. The reaction mixture was then cooled to 25 ° C. The acetic acid of the reaction mixture was evaporated under reduced pressure. The pH of the resulting reaction mass was brought to between 8 and 9 by adding a saturated sodium bicarbonate solution thereto. To the mixture obtained in this way was added ethyl acetate (150 ml), the resulting emulsion was filtered and then the organic layer was separated. The remaining aqueous layer left behind was reextracted with ethyl acetate (100 ml, 2 times). The combined organic layers were dried over sodium sulfate and the dried organic layer
35 was concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain a crude product, which was then purified by silica gel column chromatography (100-200 mesh) using 2% ethyl acetate in hexanes as eluent to obtain the title compound (6 , 00 g, 65.50%). MS: m / z 330 (M + 1), 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz): δ 4.34 (c, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 4.03 (s a-exchanges with D2O, 2H ), 1.36 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H).
Step 3: Ethyl 3,5-dibromo-4- (dimethylamino) thiophene-2-carboxylate (34c)


To a solution of ethyl 4-amino-3,5-dibromothiophene-2-carboxylate (compound 34b, 5.0 g, 15.19 mmol) in DMF (25 ml) was added NaH (60% suspension in mineral oil) (1.82 g, 45.49 mmol) in portions at a temperature of about -5 ° C. The reaction mixture was then stirred at -5 ° C for 20 min. Iodomethane (6.47 g, 2.83 ml, 45.59 ° mmol) was then added to the reaction mixture and stirring continued for 40 min at -5 ° C. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. The reaction mixture was quenched by the addition of cold water (50 ml). Then, the mixture obtained in this way was extracted with ethyl acetate (100 ml, 3 times). Then, the combined organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure to
10 obtain a crude product, which was purified by flash column chromatography using 2.5% ethyl acetate in hexanes as eluent to obtain the title compound (3.2 g, 58.97%). MS: m / z 358 (M + 1), 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz): δ 4.33 (c, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 2.89 (s, 6H), 1.35 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H)
Step 4: Ethyl-bromo-5- (4-chlorophenyl) -4- (dimethylamino) thiophene-2-carboxylate. (34d)
To a solution of ethyl 3,5-dibromo-4- (dimethylamino) thiophene-2-carboxylate (compound 34c, 3.0 g, 8.40 ° mmol) in
A mixture of toluene: ethanol (5 ml: 30 ml) was added (4-chlorophenyl) boronic acid [1.44 g, 9.24 mmol] and potassium carbonate (2.32 g, 16.80 ° mmol) at 25 ° C. Nitrogen gas was bubbled through the reaction mixture for 15 minutes. To the reaction mixture was then added tetrakis (triphenylphosphine) palladium (0) (0.48 g, 0.42 ° mmol) under a nitrogen atmosphere and the reaction mixture was heated from about 95 to 100 ° C for 3 hours with agitation. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. The reaction mixture was cooled.
25 to 25 ° C and filtered through celite, the celite cake was then washed with ethyl acetate (50 ml). The filtrate thus obtained was concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain a crude product, which was then purified by flash column chromatography using 12% ethyl acetate in hexanes as eluent to obtain the title compound (2.5 g, 76.56%). MS: m / z 389 (M + 1),
1 H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz): δ 7.47 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.40 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H) 4.38 (c, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 2.78 (s, 6H), 1.40 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H).
Step 5: ethyl 5- (4-chlorophenyl) -4- (dimethylamino) -3- (4-sulfamoylphenyl) thiophene-2-carboxylate. (34e)
To a solution of ethyl 3-bromo-5- (4-chlorophenyl) -4- (dimethylamino) thiophene-2-carboxylate (compound 34d, 2.20 g, 5.65 ° mmol) in a mixture of toluene: ethanol (10 ml: 30 ml) (4-sulfamoylphenyl) boronic acid (1.25 g, 6.22 mmol) and potassium carbonate (1.56 g, 11.30 mmol) were added at 25 ° C. Nitrogen gas was bubbled through the reaction mixture for 15 minutes. To the reaction mixture was then added tetrakis (triphenylphosphine) palladium (0) (0.32 g, 0.28 ° mmol) under a nitrogen atmosphere and the reaction mixture was heated from about 95 to about 100 ° C for 16 hours with agitation. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. The reaction mixture was then cooled to 25 ° C and filtered through celite. The celite cake was washed with ethanol (25 ml, 2 times). The combined filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain a crude product, which was then purified by flash column chromatography using ethyl acetate.

55% in hexanes as eluent to obtain the title compound (2.0 g, 76.05%).MS: m / z 465 (M + 1),1H NMR (DMSO, 400 MHz): δ 7.85 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.60 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.52-7.55 ( m, 4H), 7.44 (s a exchanges with D2O, 2H), 4.07 (c, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H) 2.33 (s, 6H), 1.07 (t, J = 7 , 24 Hz, 3H).
Step 6: 5- (4-chlorophenyl) -4- (dimethylamino) -3- (4-sulfamoylphenyl) thiophene-2-carboxylic acid. (34 f)
Ethyl 5- (4-chlorophenyl) -4- (dimethylamino) -3- (4-sulfamoylphenyl) thiophene-2-carboxylate (compound 34e, 2.00 g, 4.30 ° mmol) was suspended in ethanol (30 ml ) and a solution of NaOH (0.86 g, 21.5 mmol) in water (4 ml) was added thereto at 25 ° C. Then, the reaction mixture was heated at 75 ° C with stirring for 2 h. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. Then, the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue thus obtained was diluted with water (10 ml) and cooled using an ice bath. To the cooled mixture was added 10% aqueous HCl to bring the pH of the solution to approximately 6. The mixture thus obtained was extracted with ethyl acetate (30 ml, 3 times). Then, the combined organic layer was dried over anhydrous Na2SO4. The solvent was evaporated from the organic layer dried under reduced pressure to obtain the title compound (1.60 g, 85.1%). MS: m / z 437 (M + 1), 1 H NMR (DMSO, 400 MHz): δ 12.97 (s a-exchanges with D2O, 1H), 7.84 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H ), 7.58 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.52-7.54 (m, 4H), 7.44 (s a-exchange with D2O, 2H), 2.32 (s , 6H).
Step 7: 5- (4-chlorophenyl) -4- (dimethylamino) -3- (4- (N - ((dimethylamino) methylene) sulfamoyl) phenyl) -N-methoxy-N-methylthiophene-2-carboxamide. (34 g)
Oxalyl chloride (0.58 g, 0.39 ml, 4.57 ° mmol) was added dropwise to a solution of 5- (4-chlorophenyl) -4 (dimethylamino) -3- (4-sulfamoylphenyl) acid thiophene-2-carboxylic acid (compound 34f, 1.00 g, 2.28 ° mmol) in a mixture of dichloromethane (30 ml) and DMF (0.33 g, 0.35 ml, 4.57 ° mmol) at 0 ºC. The reaction mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature and stirred for 1.5 h under a nitrogen atmosphere. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. Then, the mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue thus obtained was dissolved in dry dichloromethane (30 ml) and cooled to 0 ° C. To the cooled reaction mixture was then added triethylamine (1.38 g, 1.90 ml, 13.68 mmol) followed by the addition of N, O-dimethylhydroxylamine hydrochloride (0.40 g, 4.57 ° mmol) with stirring. The reaction mixture was then stirred at room temperature for 2 h. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. The reaction mixture was then diluted with DCM (25 ml) and washed with water (25 ml, 2 times). Then, the combined organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain a crude product, which was then purified by silica gel column chromatography (100-200 mesh) using 1.6 methanol. % in DCM as eluent to obtain the title compound (0.8 g, 65.35%). MS: m / z 535 (M + 1), 1H NMR (DMSO 400 MHz): δ 8.27 (s, 1H), 7.77 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.54 ( m, 4H) 7.44 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 3.62 (s, 3H), 3.17 (s, 3H), 3.08 (s, 3H), 2.94 (s, 3H), 2.34 (s, 6H).
Step 8: 4- (5- (4-chlorophenyl) -4- (dimethylamino) -2-propionylthiophene-3-yl) benzenesulfonamide. (Compound 34)

Grignard reagent (ethyl magnesium bromide, 0.62 g, 4.66 ml of 1 M solution in THF, 4.67 mmol) was added dropwise to a stirred solution of 5- (4-chlorophenyl) -4 - (dimethylamino) -3- (4- (N - ((dimethylamino) methylene) sulfamoyl) phenyl) -Nmethoxy-N-methylthiophene-2-carboxamide (compound 34g, 0.5 g, 0.93 mmol) in THF anhydrous (30 ml) at 25 ° C. Then, the reaction mixture was heated from about 70 to 75 ° C for 2 h. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. After cooling the reaction mixture to 0 ° C, the reaction mixture was quenched by the addition of saturated ammonium chloride solution (10 ml). Then, the mixture obtained in this way was extracted with ethyl acetate (30 ml, 2 times). The combined organic layer was dried over anhydrous Na2SO4. The solvent was evaporated from the dried organic layer under reduced pressure to obtain a crude product, which was then purified by column chromatography on silica gel (100-200 mesh) using 40% ethyl acetate in hexanes as eluent. the title compound (0.27 g, 64.43%). The title compound was purified by preparative HPLC (0.135 g, 32.2%). MS: m / z 449 (M + 1), 1H NMR (DMSO, 400 MHz): δ 7.90 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.60-7.62 (m, 4H) , 7.54 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.48 (s exchanges with D2O, 2H), 2.32-2.36 (s, 8H), 0.86 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H).
Example 9: 5- (4-chlorophenyl) -N, N, 4-trimethyl-3- (4-sulfamoylphenyl) thiophene-2-carboxamide. (Compound 36)
Dimethyl amine (0.055 g, 0.61 ml of 2M solution in THF, 1.22 ° mmol) was added dropwise to a solution of 5- (4-chlorophenyl) -4-methyl-3- (4- sulfamoylphenyl) thiophene-2-carboxylic acid (compound 1c, 0.25 g, 0.61 ° mmol) in dry THF (15 ml) under a nitrogen atmosphere at 0 ° C. To the reaction mixture were added HATU (0.26 g, 0.67 ° mmol) and DIPEA (0.16 g, 0.21 ml, 1.24 ° mmol) at 0 ° C with stirring. The mixture was allowed to warm to 10 ° C and stirred for 2 h. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. Then, the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The concentrated mass obtained in this way was diluted with ethyl acetate (30 ml) and washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate solution (15 ml, 2 times) and brine (15 ml, 1 time). The organic layer obtained was then dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain a crude product, which was purified by flash column chromatography using 25% ethyl acetate in hexanes as eluent to obtain the title compound. (0.06 g, 22.50%). MS: m / z 435 (M + 1), 1 H NMR (DMSO, 400 MHz): δ 7.89 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.57 (s, 4H), 7.49 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.46 (s a-exchanges with D2O, 2H), 3.61 (m, 3H), 3.13 (m, 3H), 2.11 (s , 3H).
The following compounds were prepared according to the procedure described above, but with the appropriate changes to the reagents.
5- (4-chlorophenyl) -N-methoxy-N, 4-dimethyl-3- (4-sulfamoylphenyl) thiophene-2-carboxamide (Compound 37)MS: m / z 451 (M + 1),1H NMR (DMSO, 400 MHz): δ 7.85 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.58 (s, 4H), 7.44 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H) , 7.43 (s exchanges with D2O, 2H), 3.64 (s, 3H), 3.09 (s, 3H), 2.01 (s, 3H).
5- (4-chlorophenyl) -N- (2-hydroxyethyl) -4-methyl-N-propyl-3- (4-sulfamoylphenyl) thiophene-2-carboxamide (Compound 38)MS: m / z 493 (M + 1),1H NMR (DMSO, 400 MHz): δ 7.87 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.55-7.57 (m, 4H), 7.52 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.45 (s exchanges with D2O, 2H), 4.71 (s a-exchanges with D2O, 1H), 3.25-3.30 (m, 4H), 3.16-3, 21 (m, 2H), 2.11 (s,3H), 1.27-1.29 (m, 2H), 1.02 (d, J = 6.0 Hz, 3H).


4- (5- (4-chlorophenyl) -4-methyl-2- (piperidin-1-carbonyl) thiophene-3-yl) benzenesulfonamide (Compound 39)MS: m / z 475 (M + 1),1H NMR (DMSO, 400 MHz): δ 7.89 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.56-7.60 (m, 4H), 7.54 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.46 (s in exchange with D2O, 2H), 3.59-3.64 (m, 2H), 3.12-3.16 (m, 2H), 2.12 (s, 3H ), 1.22-1.27 (m, 6H).
Example 10: Preparation of 4- (5- (4-chlorophenyl) -1,4-dimethyl-2-propionyl-1H-pyrrol-3-yl) benzenesulfonamide (Compound 49)
Stage 1: 5- (4-chlorophenyl) -1,4-dimethyl-1 H -pyrrol-2-carboxylate. (49α)
To a stirred solution of sodium hydride (60% suspension in mineral oil) (0.529 g, 13.22 mmol) in DMF (5 ml) at 0 ° C was added a solution of 5- (4-chlorophenyl) -4-methyl-1H-pyrrole-2-carboxylate methyl (prepared according to the procedure presented in J. Org. Chem., 2009, 74 (2), 903-905, Org. Lett. 2007, 9 (25 ), 51915194, 2.20 g, 8.81 mmol) in DMF (10 ml), which was then followed by the addition of methyl iodide (1.88 g, 0.83 ml, 13.22 mmol) . The resulting reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 45 minutes. He
The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. Then, the reaction mixture was quenched with water (10 ml). Then, the mixture obtained in this way was extracted with ethyl acetate (50 ml, 2 times). The combined organic layer was dried over anhydrous Na2SO4. The solvent was evaporated from the dried organic layer under reduced pressure to obtain a crude product, which was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (100-200 mesh) using 15-20% ethyl acetate in hexanes as eluent for obtain the title compound (1.9 g,
25 81.9%). MS: m / z 264 (M + 1) 1H NMR (DMSO, 400 MHz): δ 7.55 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.39 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 6.48 (s, 1H), 3.74 (s, 3H), 3.67 (s, 3H), 1.94 (s, 3H).
Step 2: methyl 3-bromo-5- (4-chlorophenyl) -1,4-dimethyl-1H-pyrrole-2-carboxylate. (49β)
Bromine (1.69 g, 0.54 ml, 10.54 mmol) was added dropwise to a stirred solution of 5- (4-chlorophenyl) -1,4-dimethyl-1H
Methyl pyrrole-2-carboxylate (compound 49α, 1.85 g, 7.03 ° mmol) in acetic acid (20 ml) at 10 ° C. The resulting reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 15 h. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. The acetic acid was removed from the reaction mixture under reduced pressure and the residue obtained was dissolved in ethyl acetate (150 ml). The mixture obtained in this way was washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate solution (50 ml) followed by washing with brine (50 ml). The combined organic layer was dried over anhydrous Na2SO4. He
The solvent was evaporated from the dried organic layer under reduced pressure to obtain a crude product, which was washed with a mixture of ethyl acetate in hexanes (10:90) to obtain the title compound (2.1 g, 87, 5 %). 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz): δ 7.43 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.20 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 3.88 (s, 3H) , 3.67 (s, 3H), 1.94 (s, 3H).
Step 3: 5- (4-Chlorophenyl) -1,4-dimethyl-3- (4-sulfamoylphenyl) -1H-methyl pyrrol-2-carboxylate. (49γ)

To the solution of methyl 3-bromo-5- (4-chlorophenyl) -1,4-dimethyl-1H-pyrrol-2-carboxylate (compound 49β, 2.0 g, 5.84 mmol) in a mixture of toluene: ethanol (15:40 ml), 4-aminosulfonylbenzene boronic acid (1.41 g, 7.01 mmol) and potassium carbonate (2.42 g, 17.52 ° mmol) were added at 25 ° C in a tube sealed and nitrogen gas was bubbled through the resulting mixture for 15 minutes. To the reaction mixture was then added tetrakis (triphenylphosphine) palladium (0) (0.349 g, 0.29 ° mmol) under nitrogen and the reaction mixture was heated from about 95 to about 100 ° C for 15 h with stirring. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. The reaction mixture was then cooled to 25 ° C and filtered through celite. The celite cake was washed with ethanol (100 ml) and ethyl acetate (50 ml). The combined filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain a crude product, which was then purified by silica gel column chromatography (100-200 mesh) using 40% ethyl acetate in hexanes as eluent to obtain the title compound. (1.7 g, 69.6%). MS: m / z 419 (M + 1), NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz): δ 7.92 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.46 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.42 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.29 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H), 4.86 (s a-exchange with D2O, 2H), 3 , 74 (s, 3H), 3.58 (s, 3H), 1.79 (s, 3H).
Stage 4: 5- (4-chlorophenyl) -1,4-dimethyl-3- (4-sulfamoylphenyl) -1H-pyrrole-2-carboxylic acid. (49ε)
Methyl 5- (4-chlorophenyl) -1,4-dimethyl-3- (4-sulfamoylphenyl) -1H-pyrrol-2-carboxylate (compound 49γ, 1.6 g, was suspended)3.82 ° mmol) in ethanol (100 ml) and treated with NaOH solution (0.76 g 19.13 mmol) in water (20 ml) at 0 ° C.Then, the reaction mixture was heated at 80 ° C with stirring for 15 h. The progress of the reaction iscontrolled by CCF. Then, the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. Then the mixture ofThe reaction was treated with dilute HCl to bring the pH of the mixture to between 6 and 7. The obtained mixture was extracted withethyl acetate (100 ml, 2 times). Then, the combined organic layer was dried over anhydrous Na2SO4. HeSolvent was evaporated from the dried organic layer under reduced pressure to obtain the title compound (1.3 g,84.4%).MS: m / z 405 (M + 1),1H NMR (DMSO, 400 MHz): δ 11.89 (s a-exchanges with D2O, 1H), 7.79 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.59 (d, J = 8, 4 Hz,2H), 7.47 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.42 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.31 (s a-exchanges with D2O, 2H), 3 , 67 (s, 3H), 1.77 (s, 3H).
Step 5: 5- (4-chlorophenyl) -N-methoxy-N, 1,4-trimethyl-3- (4-sulfamoylphenyl) -1H-pyrrole-2-carboxamide. (49φ)
To a stirred solution of 5- (4-chlorophenyl) -1,4-dimethyl-3- (4-sulfamoylphenyl) -1H-pyrrole-2-carboxylic acid (compound 49ε, 0.800 g, 1.98 ° mmol) in DMF (15 ml) HOBT (0.333 g, 2.17 mmol) was added at room temperature followed by the addition of Ν, Ο-dimethylhydroxylamine hydrochloride (0.386 g, 3.96 mmol). The reaction mixture was cooled to 0 ° C and EDC (0.570 g, 2.97 ° mmol) and triethylamine (0.80 g, 1.10 ml, 7.92 mmol) were added to the cooled reaction mixture. The reaction mixture was then stirred at room temperature for 15 h. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. Then, the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue

obtained in this way was taken up in ethyl acetate (100 ml) and washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate solution.sodium (20 ml) followed by washing with brine (20 ml). The organic layer obtained was dried over sodium sulfateanhydrous and concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain a crude product. The crude product was purifiedby column chromatography on silica gel (100-200 mesh) using 50% ethyl acetate in hexanesas eluent to obtain the title compound (0.680 g, 76.8%).MS: m / z 448 (M + 1),1H NMR (DMSO, 400 MHz): δ 7.83 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.59 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.46 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.42 (d, J =8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.35 (s a-exchanges with D2O, 2H), 3.43 (s, 6H), 2.99 (s, 3H), 1.96 (s, 3H).
Step 6: 5- (4-chlorophenyl) -3- (4- (N - ((dimethylamino) methylene) sulfamoyl) phenyl) -N-methoxy-N, 1,4-trimethyl-1H-pyrrole-2-carboxamide. (49ω)
To a stirred solution of 5- (4-chlorophenyl) -N-methoxy-N, 1,4-trimethyl-3- (4-sulfamoylphenyl) -1H-pyrrole-2-carboxamide (compound 49φ, 0.650 g, 1.45 ° mmol) in ethyl acetate (12 ml), DMF (0.65 ml) and DMF acetal (0.207 g, 0.233 ml, 1.74 ° mmol) were added sequentially at room temperature. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 15 hours under a nitrogen atmosphere. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. The precipitated product was filtered and washed with ether (10 ml) to obtain the title compound (0.600 g, 82.19%). MS: m / z 503 (M + 1), 1H NMR (DMSO, 400 MHz): δ 8.24 (s, 1H), 7.77 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.57 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.47 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.41 (d, J = 8.4 Hz., 2H), 3.43 ( s, 6H), 3.15 (s, 3H), 3.00 (s, 3H), 2.92 (s, 3H), 1.95 (s, 3H).
Step 7: 4- (5- (4-chlorophenyl) -1,4-dimethyl-2-propionyl-1H-pyrrol-3-yl) benzenesulfonamide (Compound 49)
Grignard reagent (ethyl magnesium bromide, 0.531 g, 3.98 ml, 1 M solution in THF, 3.98 ° mmol) was added dropwise under a nitrogen atmosphere to a stirred solution of 5- (4-chlorophenyl) ) -3- (4- (N ((dimethylamino) methylene) sulfamoyl) phenyl) -N-methoxy-N, 1,4-trimethyl-1 H -pyrrole-2-carboxamide (compound 49ω, 0.400 g, 0.79 ° mmol) in anhydrous THF (15 ml) at 25 ° C and the reaction mixture was heated after about 70 to about 75 ° C for 1 h. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. After cooling the reaction mixture to 0 ° C, the cooled reaction mixture was quenched by the addition of saturated ammonium chloride solution (10 ml). The mixture formed in this way was extracted with ethyl acetate (50 ml, 2 times). The combined organic layer was dried over anhydrous Na2SO4. The solvent of the dried organic solution was evaporated under reduced pressure to obtain a crude product, which was purified by preparative HPLC to obtain the title compound (0.070 g, 21.08%). MS: m / z 417 (M + 1), 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz): δ 8.01 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.47 (d, J = 8.4 Hz , 2H), 7.45 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.28 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 4.93 (s a-exchanges with D2O, 2H), 3.69 (s, 3H), 2.16 (c, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.76 (s, 3H), 0.93 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H).
Example 11: Preparation of 4- (5- (4-chlorophenyl) -1,4-dimethyl-2-propionyl-1H-pyrrol-3-yl) benzenesulfonamide (Compound 49) (Alternative method)


Stage 1: 1- (5- (4-chlorophenyl) -1,4-dimethyl-1H-pyrrol-2-yl) propan-1-one (49a)
5 N, N-dimethyl propionamide (3.24 g, 3.52 ml, 32.08 ° mmol) was cooled to 0-5 ° C and to this was added POCl 3 (4.9 g, 2.9 ml, 32, 08 ° mmol) slowly drop by drop. The resulting mixture was then stirred at room temperature (approximately 25 ° C) for 20 minutes. The mixture was then diluted with 1,2-dichloroethane (60 ml) and cooled to 0 ° C. To the cooled reaction mixture was added a solution of 2- (4-chlorophenyl) -1,3-dimethyl-1H-pyrrole (prepared according to the procedure provided in Tetrahedron Letters 46 (2005) 4539-4542, 6, 0 g,
10 29.17 mmol) in 1,2-dichloroethane (60 ml) dropwise. Then, the reaction mixture was heated at reflux for 30 minutes. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. The mixture thus obtained was allowed to cool to room temperature and diluted with aqueous sodium acetate trihydrate solution (21.8 g, 160.4 mmol in 45 ml of water). The mixture obtained in this way was further heated at reflux for 30 minutes, two layers were separated. The aqueous layer was extracted with dichloromethane (100 ml, 3 times). The combined organic layer
15 was washed with water (100 ml, 1 time) and dried over anhydrous Na2SO4. The solvent of the reaction mixture was evaporated under reduced pressure to obtain a crude product. This crude product was purified by silica gel column chromatography (100-200 mesh) using 4-6% ethyl acetate in hexanes as eluent to obtain the title compound (6.55 g, 85.8%) . MS: m / z 262 (M + 1),
1 H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz): δ 7.45 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.24 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H), 6.89 (s, 1H ), 3.76 (s, 3H), 2.83 (c, J = 7.6 Hz, 2H), 2.02 (s, 3H), 1.21 (t, J = 7.6 Hz, 3H ).
The compounds provided below were prepared by a procedure similar to that described above for compound '49a' with appropriate variations of reactants, reaction conditions and 25 quantities of reagents.
54th 1- (5- (4-fluorophenyl) -1,4-dimethyl-1H-pyrrol-2-yl) propan-1-oneMS: m / z 246 (M + 1),
30 55a. 1- (5- (4-methoxyphenyl) -1,4-dimethyl-1H-pyrrole-2-yl) propan-1-one MS: m / z 258 (M + 1),
56a. 1- (5- (4-chlorophenyl) -1,4-dimethyl-1H-pyrrole-2-yl) butan-1-oneMS: m / z 276 (M + 1),
35 57th. 1- (5- (2,4-Dichlorophenyl) -1,4-dimethyl-1H-pyrrol-2-yl) propan-1-one MS: m / z 297 (M + 1),
58a. 1- (5- (2,3-dihydrobenzo [b] [1,4] dioxin-6-yl) -1,4-dimethyl-1H-pyrrol-2-yl) propan-1-una. MS: m / z 286 (M + 1). Step 2: 1- (3-Bromo-5- (4-chlorophenyl) -1,4-dimethyl-1H-pyrrol-2-yl) propan-1-one. (49b)
A solution of N-bromosuccinimide (4.42 g, 24.83 mmol) in THF (62.5 ml) was added dropwise to a stirred solution of 1- (5- (4-chlorophenyl) -1, 4-dimethyl-1H-pyrrole-2-yl) propan-1-one (compound 49a, 6.5 g, 24.83 ° mmol) in THF (100 ml) at -78 ° C. The resulting reaction mixture was then stirred at a temperature of -78 ° C for 5 hours. The reaction mixture was allowed to warm to 25 ° C slowly for another 3 to 4 hours. The progress of the
50 reaction was monitored by TLC. The solvent of the reaction mixture was evaporated under reduced pressure and the residue thus obtained was mixed in ethyl acetate (200 ml). The resulting mixture was washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate solution (100 ml, 1 time), followed by washing with water (100 ml, 1 time). The combined organic layer was dried over anhydrous Na2SO4. The solvent was evaporated from the dried organic layer under reduced pressure to obtain a crude product, which was then purified by flash column chromatography using
10% ethyl acetate in hexanes to obtain the title compound (7.58 g, 90%).


MS: m / z 342 (M + 1),1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz): δ 7.45 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.22 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 3.67 (s, 3H) , 3.12 (c, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H),1.96 (s, 3H), 1.21 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H).
The compounds provided below were prepared by a procedure similar to that described above for compound '49b' with appropriate variations of reactants, reaction conditions and amounts of reagents.
54b 1- (3-Bromo-5- (4-fluorophenyl) -1,4-dimethyl-1H-pyrrol-2-yl) propan-1-one 10 MS: m / z 325 (M + 1)
55b.1- (3-Bromo-5- (4-methoxyphenyl) -1,4-dimethyl-1H-pyrrole-2-yl) propan-1-oneMS: m / z 336 (M + 1),
15 56b. 1- (3-Bromo-5- (4-chlorophenyl) -1,4-dimethyl-1H-pyrrol-2-yl) butan-1-one MS: m / z 356 (M + 1),
57b. 1- (3-Bromo-5- (2,4-dichlorophenyl) -1,4-dimethyl-1H-pyrrol-2-yl) propan-1-oneMS: m / z 376 (M + 1),
20 58b. 1- (3-Bromo-5- (2,3-dihydrobenzo [b] [1,4] dioxin-6-yl) -1,4-dimethyl-1H-pyrrol-2-yl) propan-1-one MS : m / z 365 (M + 1),
Step 3: 4- (5- (4-chlorophenyl) -2-propionyl-1H-pyrrol-3-yl-1,4-dimethyl) benzenesulfonamide. (Compound 49) 25
To a solution of 1- (3-Bromo-5- (4-chlorophenyl) -1,4-dimethyl-1H-pyrrol-2-yl) propan-1-one (compound 49b, 3.0 g, 8.81 ° mmol) in a mixture of toluene: ethanol (15 ml: 45 ml), 30-aminosulfonylbenzene boronic acid 30 (1,947 g, 9.69 mmol) and potassium carbonate (2.43 g, 17.61 ° mmol) were added ) at 25 ° C in a sealed tube and nitrogen gas was bubbled through it for 15 minutes. To the reaction mixture was added tetrakis (triphenylphosphine) palladium (0) (0.51 g, 0.44 ° mmol) under a nitrogen atmosphere and the reaction mixture was heated from about 90 to about 95 ° C for 18 hours with agitation. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. The reaction mixture was then cooled to 25 ° C and filtered through celite. Cake
Celite was washed with 10% methanol in dichloromethane. The combined filtrate obtained in this way was concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain a crude product, which was then purified by flash column chromatography using 40% ethyl acetate in hexanes as eluent to obtain the title compound (1.22 g , 33.2%). MS: m / z 417 (M + 1),
1 H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz): δ 8.02 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.48 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.47 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.30 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 5.11 (s a-exchanges with D2O, 2H), 3.71 (s, 3H), 2, 17 (c, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.75 (s, 3H), 0.94 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H).
The following compounds were prepared according to the procedure described above, but with the appropriate changes to the reagents.
4- (5- (4-fluorophenyl) -1,4-dimethyl-2-propionyl-1H-pyrrol-3-yl) benzenesulfonamide (Compound 54)MS: m / z 401 (M + 1),1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz): δ 8.01 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.48 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.31-7.35 ( m, 2H), 7.21 (t, J =
50 8.4 Hz, 2H), 4.98 (s a-exchanges with D2O, 2H), 3.70 (s, 3H), 2.18 (c, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 1, 74 (s, 3H), 0.94 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H).
4- (5- (4-Methoxyphenyl) -1,4-dimethyl-2-propionyl-1H-pyrrol-3-yl) benzenesulfonamide (Compound 55) MS: m / z 413 (M + 1),
1 H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz): δ 8.01 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.40 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.29 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.03 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 4.89 (s a-exchanges with D2O, 2H), 3.88 (s, 3H), 3, 71 (s, 3H), 2.18 (c, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.76 (s, 3H), 0.92 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H)

4- (2-Butyryl-5- (4-chlorophenyl) -1,4-dimethyl-1H-pyrrole-3-yl) benzenesulfonamide (Compound 56)MS: m / z 431 (M + 1),1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz): δ 8.01 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.46-7.49 (m, 4H), 7.31 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 4.96 (s exchanges with D2O, 2H), 3.71 (s, 3H), 2.13 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.76 (s, 3H) , 1.45-1.52 (m, 2H), 0.71 (t, J =7.2 Hz, 3H)
4- (5- (2,4-Dichlorophenyl) -1,4-dimethyl-2-propionyl-1H-pyrrol-3-yl) benzenesulfonamide (Compound 57)MS: m / z 452 (M + 1),1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz): δ 8.01 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.58 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.49 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.39 (dd,J = 8.4, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.26-7.28 (m, 1H), 4.93 (s a-exchanges with D2O, 2H), 3.64 (s, 3H), 2.19 (c, J = 7.2 Hz,2H), 1.66 (s, 3H), 0.95 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H).
4- (5- (2,3-dihydrobenzo [b] [1,4] dioxin-6-yl) -1,4-dimethyl-2-propionyl-1H-pyrrol-3-yl) benzenesulfonamide (Compound 58)MS: m / z 441 (M + 1),1H NMR (DMSO, 400 MHz): δ 7.89 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 2H), 7.49 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 2H), 7.44 (s a-exchanges with D2O,2H), 6.99 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 1H), 6.86-6.91 (m, 2H), 4.30 (s, 4H), 3.61 (s, 3H), 2.12 (c, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.71 (s, 3H),0.83 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H).
Example 12: Preparation of 4- (5- (4-chlorophenyl) -4-methyl-2-propionyl-1H-pyrrol-3-yl) benzenesulfonamide (Compound 53)
Stage 1: 1- (5- (4-chlorophenyl) -4-methyl-1H-pyrrol-2-yl) propan-1-one. (53a)
Phosphorus oxychloride (1.496 g, 0.896 ml, 9.76 mmol) was added dropwise to N, N-dimethylpropionamide (0.987 g, 1.073 ml, 9.76 mmol) previously cooled (0-5 ° C) keeping the temperature between about 0 ° C to about 5 ° C. Then, the resulting reaction mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature (approximately 25 ° C), which was then stirred at room temperature (approximately 25 ° C) for 15 minutes. After the reaction mixture was diluted with 1,2-dichloroethane (17 ml), the resulting mixture was cooled to 0 ° C, then 2- (4-chlorophenyl) -3-methyl-1H-pyrrole was added thereto ( prepared according to the procedure provided in Tetrahedron Letters 46 (2005) 4539-4542, 1.7 g, 8.87 mmol) in 1,2-dichloroethane (17 ml) dropwise. The reaction mixture formed in this way was heated at reflux for 30 minutes. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature and a solution of sodium acetate trihydrate (6.64 g, 48.8 mmol) in 14 ml of water was then added thereto. The reaction mixture obtained in this way was heated at reflux for 30 minutes. Then, two phases formed in the reaction mixture were separated. The aqueous layer was extracted with dichloromethane (50 ml, 2 times). The combined organic layer was washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate solution (50 ml, 1 time) followed by washing with water (50 ml, 1 time) and then the organic layer was dried over anhydrous Na2SO4. The solvent was evaporated from the dried organic layer under reduced pressure to obtain a crude product. The crude product was purified by flash column chromatography using 10% ethyl acetate in hexanes as eluent to obtain the title compound (1.82 g, 83%). MS: m / z 247 (M + 1), 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz): δ 9.75 (s a-exchanges with D2O, 1H), 7.47 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H ), 7.41 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H), 6.81 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 2.79 (c, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 2.26 (s, 3H), 1.21 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H).
Stage 2: 1- (3-Bromo-5- (4-chlorophenyl) -4-methyl-1H-pyrrol-2-yl) propan-1-one. (53b)


A solution of N-bromosuccinimide (1.25 g, 7.06 mmol) in THF (20 ml) was added dropwise to a stirred solution of 1- (5- (4-chlorophenyl) -4-methyl-1H -pyrrol-2-yl) propan-1-one (compound 53a, 1.75 g, 7.06 mmol) in THF (40 mL) 5 at about -78 ° C. The resulting reaction mixture was stirred at about -78 ° C for 5 h. The reaction mixture was allowed to warm to 25 ° C slowly for an additional 3 to 4 hours. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. The solvent was evaporated from the reaction mixture under reduced pressure and ethyl acetate (200 ml) was added to the residue thus obtained. The mixture obtained in this way was washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate solution (50 ml, 1 time) followed by washing with water (50 ml, 1 time). Then the layer
The combined organic was dried over anhydrous Na2SO4. The solvent was evaporated from the dried organic layer under reduced pressure to obtain a crude product, which was then purified by flash column chromatography using 10% ethyl acetate in hexanes to obtain the title compound (1.77 g, 77 %). MS: m / z 327 (M + 1), 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz): δ 9.67 (sa, interchangeable with D2O, 1H) 7.43 (m, 4H), 3.05 (c, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 2.21 (s,
15 3H), 1.20 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H).
Stage 3: 4- (5- (4-chlorophenyl) -4-methyl-2-propionyl-1H-pyrrol-3-yl) benzenesulfonamide. (Compound 53)
To the solution of 1- (3-Bromo-5- (4-chlorophenyl) -4-methyl-1H-pyrrole-2-yl) propan-1-one (compound 53b, 1.0g, 3.06 ° mmol) in a mixture of toluene: ethanol (5:15 ml), boronic 4-aminosulfonylbenzene acid (0.67 g, 3.37 ° mmol) and potassium carbonate (1.26 g, 9.19 mmol) were added ) at a temperature of about 25 ° C in a sealed tube and nitrogen gas was bubbled through the resulting reaction mixture for 15 minutes. To the mixture of
Then, tetrakis (triphenylphosphine) palladium (0) (0.17 g, 0.153 mmol) was added under a nitrogen atmosphere and the reaction mixture was heated from about 90 ° C to 95 ° C for 18 hours with stirring. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. The reaction mixture was then cooled to 25 ° C and filtered through celite. The celite cake was washed with 10% methanol in dichloromethane (25ml, 3 times). The combined filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain a crude product, which was then purified by column chromatography.
Ultrafast using 40% ethyl acetate in hexanes as eluent to obtain the title compound (0.082 g, 6.65%). MS: m / z 403 (M + 1), 1H NMR (DMSO, 400 MHz): δ 11.83 (s a-exchanges with D2O, 1H) 7.87 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H) , 7.61 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.53 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.51 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7 , 42 (s a-exchanges with D2O, 2H), 2.40 (c, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H),
35 1.91 (s, 3H), 0.91 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H).
Example 13: 4- (5- (4-chlorophenyl) -1-ethyl-4-methyl-2-propionyl-1H-pyrrol-3-yl) benzenesulfonamide (Compound 51)
Stage 1: 2- (4-chlorophenyl) -1-ethyl-3-methyl-1H-pyrrole. (51a)
A solution of 2- (4-chlorophenyl) -3-methyl-1H-pyrrole (prepared according to the procedure provided in Tetrahedron Letters 46 (2005) 4539-4542, 1.0 g, 5.22 ° mmol) in DMF (10 ml) was added dropwise to a stirred suspension of sodium hydride (0.23 g, 5.74 mmol, 60% dispersion in mineral oil) in 20 ml of DMF at 0 ° C under a nitrogen atmosphere . The reaction mixture was then stirred at about 0 ° C for 30 min. Then, ethyl iodide (0.89 g, 0.47 ml, 5.74 mmol) was added to the reaction mixture while maintaining the temperature at 0 ° C. The reaction mixture was then stirred at 25 ° C for 3 hours. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. The reaction mixture was slowly quenched with cold water (30 ml) and the resulting mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (30 ml, 2 times). The combined organic layer was washed with brine (30 ml, 1 time) and dried over sodium sulfate. The dried organic layer was concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain the crude product as a semi-solid mass (0.8 g), which was then purified by flash column chromatography using 5% ethyl acetate in hexanes as eluent to obtain title compound (0.6 g, 52.3%). MS: m / z 220 (M + 1), 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz): δ 7.42 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.24 (d, J = 8.4 Hz , 2H), 6.71 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 6.10 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 3.83 (c, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H ), 2.05 (s, 3H), 1.24 (t., J = 7.2 Hz, 3H).
Stage 2: 1- (5- (4-chlorophenyl) -1-ethyl-4-methyl-1H-pyrrol-2-yl) propan-1-one. (51b)
Phosphorus oxychloride (0.47 g, 0.28 ml, 3.00 mmol) was added dropwise to N, N-dimethylpropionamide (0.30 g, 0.27 ml, 3.00 mmol) previously cooled (0-5 ° C) keeping the temperature between about 0 ° C to about 5 ° C. The resulting reaction mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature (approximately 25 ° C), which was then stirred at room temperature (approximately 25 ° C) for 20 minutes. Then, the reaction mixture was diluted with 1,2-dichloroethane (15 ml), the resulting mixture was cooled to 0 ° C, then 2- (4-chlorophenyl) -1-ethyl-3-methyl was added thereto. -1H-pyrrole (compound 51a, 0.6 g, 2.73 mmol) in 1,2-dichloroethane (15 ml) dropwise. The reaction mixture formed in this way was heated at reflux for 30 minutes. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature and then a solution of sodium acetate trihydrate (1.23 g, 15.0 mmol) in 14 ml of water was added thereto. The reaction mixture obtained in this way was heated at reflux for 30 minutes. Then, two phases formed in the reaction mixture were separated. The aqueous layer was extracted with dichloromethane (30 ml, 3 times). The combined organic layer was washed with water (30 ml, 1 time) and dried over anhydrous Na2SO4. The solvent was evaporated from the dried organic layer under reduced pressure to obtain a crude product, which was then purified by flash column chromatography using 10% ethyl acetate in hexanes as eluent to obtain the title compound (0.5 g , 66.4%). MS: m / z 276 (M + 1), 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz): δ 7.46 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.23 (d, J = 8.4 Hz , 2H), 6.90 (s, 1H), 4.23 (c, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 2.85 (c, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.95 (s , 3H), 1.22 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H), 1.16 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H).
Stage 3: 1- (3-Bromo-5- (4-chlorophenyl) -1-ethyl-4-methyl-1H-pyrrol-2-yl) propan-1-one. (51c).
A solution of N-bromosuccinimide (0.35 g, 1.99 ° mmol) in THF (10 ml) was added dropwise to a stirred solution of 1- (5- (4-chlorophenyl) -1-ethyl-4 -methyl-1H-pyrrole-2-yl) propan-1-one (compound 51b, 0.5 g, 1.81 mmol) in THF (25 ml) at about -78 ° C. The resulting reaction mixture was stirred at about -78 ° C for 5 hours. The reaction mixture was allowed to warm to 25 ° C slowly for an additional 3 to 4 hours. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. The solvent was evaporated from the reaction mixture under reduced pressure and ethyl acetate (50 ml) was added to the residue thus obtained. The mixture obtained in this way was washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate solution (30 ml, 1 time) followed by washing with water (30 ml, 1 time). Then, the combined organic layer was dried over anhydrous Na2SO4. The solvent was evaporated from the dried organic layer under reduced pressure to obtain a crude product, which was then purified by chromatography on
5 column with 10% ethyl acetate in hexanes as eluent to obtain the title compound (0.5 g, 78.0%). 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz): δ 7.45 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.22 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 4.20 (c, J = 6.8 Hz, 2H), 3.14 (c, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.91 (s, 3H), 1.22 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H), 1 , 12 (t, J = 6.8 Hz, 3H).
Step 4: 4- (5- (4-chlorophenyl) -1-ethyl-4-methyl-2-propionyl-1H-pyrrol-3-yl) benzenesulfonamide. (Compound 51) 10
To the solution of 1- (3-Bromo-5- (4-chlorophenyl) -1-ethyl-4-methyl-1 H -pyrrol-2-yl) propan-1-one (compound 51c, 0.5 g, 1 , 41 ° mmol) in a mixture of toluene: ethanol (3:12 ml), boronic acid 4-aminosulfonylbenzene 15 (0.34 g, 1.69 ° mmol) and potassium carbonate (0.48 g, 3) were added , 52 ° mmol) at a temperature of about 25 ° C in a sealed tube and nitrogen gas was bubbled through the reaction mixture for 15 minutes. To the reaction mixture was then added tetrakis (triphenylphosphine) palladium (0) (0.16 g, 0.14 ° mmol) under a nitrogen atmosphere and the reaction mixture was heated from about 90 ° C to 95 ° C for 18 hours with agitation. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. The reaction mixture was then cooled to 25 ° C and filtered at
20 through celite. The celite cake was washed with 10% methanol in dichloromethane (20 ml, 2 times). The combined filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain a crude product, which was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (100-200 mesh) using 30-35% ethyl acetate in hexanes as eluent to obtain the compound of the title (0.2 g, 32.9%). MS: m / z 431 (M + 1),
1 H NMR (CDCl 3, 400 MHz): δ 8.02 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.47-7.49 (m, 4H), 7.29 (d, J = 8, 4 Hz, 2H), 4.94 (s in exchange with D2O, 2H), 4.21 (c, J = 6.8 Hz, 2H), 2.18 (c, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.69 (s, 3H), 1.16 (t, J = 6.8 Hz, 3H), 0.95 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H).
Similarly, by practicing the above procedure with the appropriate change in reagents, the following compound was prepared
4- (5- (4-chlorophenyl) -1- (cyclopropylmethyl) -4-methyl-2-propionyl-1H-pyrrol-3-yl) benzenesulfonamide (Compound 52)MS: m / z 457 (M + 1),1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz): δ 8.01 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.46-7.50 (m, 4H), 7.30 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 4.97 (sa
35 exchanges with D2O, 2H), 4.14 (c, J = 6.8 Hz, 2H), 2.20 (c, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.72 (s, 3H), 0 , 96 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H), 0.86-0.87 (m, 1H), 0.31-0.34 (m, 2H), -0.08--0.04 (m, 2H).
Example 14: Preparation of 4- (5- (4-chlorophenyl) -4-methyl-2-propionylthiophene-3-yl) -2-methylbenzenesulfonamide. (Compound 41) 40
Stage 1: methyl 3- (4- (N- (tert-butyl) sulfamoyl) -3-methylphenyl) -4-methylthiophene-2-carboxylate (41a)
4-Bromo-N- (tert-butyl) -2-methylbenzenesulfonamide (prepared according to the procedure presented in the literature, Tetrahedron, 2006, 62, 7902-7910, 1.43 g, 4.68 ° mmol) were added. and potassium phosphate (2.25 g, 10.63 ° mmol) to a stirred suspension of 4-methyl-3- (4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl ) methyl thiophene-2-carboxylate (prepared according to the procedure presented in the literature, J. Org. Chem., 2010, 75, 38553858, 1.2 g, 4.25 mmol) in a mixture of 20 ml THF and 4 ml of water in a tube in a nitrogen atmosphere at room temperature (25 ºC). Nitrogen purge was continued for this suspension for 15 minutes at room temperature (25 ° C). Then, triphenylphosphine (0.056 g, 0.21 ° mmol) and palladium (II) acetate were added
10 (0.02 g, 0.08 ° mmol) thereto at 25 ° C and the tube was sealed. The reaction mixture was stirred at 70 ° C for 20 hours. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. Then, the reaction mixture was filtered and washed with ethyl acetate (30 ml, 2 times). The organic layer was concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain a crude product, which was then purified by flash column chromatography using 40% ethyl acetate in hexanes as eluent to obtain the title compound (0.7 g, 43.10 %).
15 MS: m / z 382 (M + 1) 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz): δ 8.09 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.16-7.23 (m, 3H) , 4.52 (s a-exchange with D2O, 1H) 3.69 (s, 3H), 2.70 (s, 3H), 2.00 (s, 3H), 1.27 (s, 9H).
Stage 2: methyl 5-bromo-4-methyl-3- (3-methyl-4-sulfamoylphenyl) thiophene-2-carboxylate (41b)
Bromine (0.35 g, 0.11 ml, 2.2 ° mmol) was added dropwise to a stirred suspension of 3- (4- (N- (tert-butyl) sulfamoyl) 3-methylphenyl) -4- methyl methylthiophene-2-carboxylate (41a, 0.70 g, 1.83 ° mmol) in DCM (15 ml) at 0 ° C. The reaction mixture was then stirred at 25 ° C for 3 hours. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. Then, the reaction mixture was concentrated. DCM (50 ml) was added to the residue. The mixture thus obtained was washed with water (20 ml, 2 times), brine (20 ml, 1 time) and dried over sodium sulfate. The dried organic layer was concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain a crude product in the form of a semi-solid (0.7 g), which was then purified by flash column chromatography using 40% ethyl acetate in hexanes as eluent.
30 to obtain the title compound (0.63 g, 85.13%). MS: m / z 405 [M + 1] 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz): δ 8.09 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.17-7.23 (m, 2H), 4.91 (s a-exchanges with D2O, 2H), 3.73 (s, 3H), 2.72 (s, 3H), 1.95 (s, 3H).
Step 3: 5- (4-Chlorophenyl) -4-methyl-3- (3-methyl-4-sulfamoylphenyl) thiophene-2-carboxylate methyl. (41c)
(4-Chlorophenyl) boronic acid [0.29 g, 1.85 mmol] and potassium carbonate (0.43 g, 3.09 mmol) were added to a
Solution of methyl 5-bromo-4-methyl-3- (3-methyl-4-sulfamoylphenyl) thiophene-2-carboxylate (41b, 0.62g, 1.54mmol) in a mixture of 5ml of toluene and 20 ml of ethanol at 25 ° C. Nitrogen gas was bubbled through the reaction mixture for 15 minutes. To the reaction mixture was then added tetrakis (triphenylphosphine) palladium (0) (0.09 g, 0.08 ° mmol) under a nitrogen atmosphere and the reaction mixture was heated to a temperature between about 95 ° C to 100 ° C for 3 hours with agitation. The progress of the reaction was monitored by
45 CCF. The reaction mixture was then cooled to 25 ° C and filtered through celite. The celite cake was washed with
ethyl acetate (20 ml). The combined filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain a crude product,which was then purified by flash column chromatography using 30% ethyl acetate in hexanesas eluent to obtain the title compound (0.53 g, 76.8%).MS: m / z 450 (M + 1)1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz): δ 8.09 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.41-7.46 (m, 4H), 7.21-7.24 (m, 2H ), 4.88 (s a-exchangeswith D2O, 2H), 4.17 (c, J = 6.8 Hz, 2H), 2.73 (s, 3H), 1.99 (s, 3H), 1.19 (t, J = 6, 8 Hz, 3H).
Step -4: 5- (4-chlorophenyl) -4-methyl-3- (3-methyl-4-sulfamoylphenyl) thiophene-2-carboxylic acid. (41 d)
Ethyl 5- (4-chlorophenyl) -4-methyl-3- (3-methyl-4-sulfamoylphenyl) thiophene-2-carboxylate (41c, 0.6 g, 1.33 ° mmol) was suspendedin ethanol (20 ml) and a solution of sodium hydroxide (0.1 g, 2.66 ° mmol) in water (2 ml] was added thereto at 25 ° C.Then, the reaction mixture was heated at 75 ° C with stirring for 2 hours. The progress of the reaction iscontrolled by CCF. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. Then, the residue obtained fromThis mode was diluted with water (5 ml) and the mixture was cooled using an ice bath. The cooled mixture will be10% aqueous HCl was added to bring the pH of the mixture between about 5 and 6. The mixture was extractedthen with ethyl acetate (35 ml, 2 times). Then, the combined organic layer was dried over anhydrous Na2SO4.The solvent was evaporated from the dried organic layer under reduced pressure to obtain the title compound (0.53 g,94%).MS: m / z 422 (M + 1)1H NMR (DMSO, 400 MHz): δ 12.52 (s a-exchange with D2O, 1H), 7.89 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.54-7.58 (m, 4H), 7.46(s a-exchanges with D2O, 2H), 7.27-7.32 (m, 2H), 2.62 (s, 3H), 1.98 (s, 3H).
Step 5: 5- (4-chlorophenyl) -3- (4- (N - ((dimethylamino) methylene) sulfamoyl) -3-methylphenyl) -N-methoxy-N, 4-dimethylthiophene-2-carboxamide (41e)
Oxalyl chloride (0.47 g, 0.32 ml, 3.7 ° mmol) was added dropwise to a solution of 5- (4-chlorophenyl) -4-methyl3- (3-methyl-4-sulfamoylphenyl) ) thiophene-2-carboxylic acid (41d, 0.52 g, 1.23 ° mmol) in a mixture of dichloromethane (20 ml) and DMF (0.18 g, 0.19 ml, 2.46 mmol) at 0 ºC. The mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature and stirred for 1.5 h under a nitrogen atmosphere. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. Then, the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue thus obtained was dissolved in dry dichloromethane (20 ml) and cooled to 0 ° C. To the cooled solution thus obtained was added triethylamine (0.74 g, 1.03 ml, 7.39 mmol), followed after the addition of Ν, Ο-dimethylhydroxylamine hydrochloride (0.24 g, 2.46 mmol) with stirring. The reaction mixture was then stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. The reaction mixture was diluted with DCM (20 ml) and the mixture obtained in this way was washed with water (10 ml, 2 times). The organic layer obtained was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain a crude product. The crude product was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (100-200 mesh) using 0.8% methanol in DCM as eluent to obtain the title compound (0.34 g, 53%). MS: m / z 520 (M + 1) 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz): δ 8.15 (s, 1H), 8.01 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.43- 7.44 (m, 4H), 7.15-7.19 (m, 2H), 3.70 (s, 3H), 3.20 (s, 3H), 3.16 (s, 3H), 3 , 06 (s, 3H), 2.70 (s, 3H), 1.98 (s, 3H).
Step 6: 4- (5- (4-chlorophenyl) -4-methyl-2-propionylthiophene-3-yl) -2-methylbenzenesulfonamide. (Compound 41)
Grignard reagent (ethyl magnesium bromide, 0.42 g, 3.17 ml of 1 M solution in THF, 3.17 mmol) was added dropwise to a stirred solution of (5- (4-chlorophenyl) - 3- (4- (N - ((dimethylamino) methylene) sulfamoyl) -3-methylphenyl) -N-methoxy-N, 45 dimethylthiophene-2-carboxamide (41e, 0.33 g, 0.63 ° mmol) in THF anhydrous (20 ml) at 25 ° C. The reaction mixture was heated after approximately 70 ° C. to 75 ° C. for 1 h. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC The reaction mixture was then cooled to 0 ° C. The mixture The cooled reaction was quenched by the addition of saturated ammonium chloride solution (10 ml) and the mixture was then extracted with ethyl acetate (30 ml, 2 times) The combined organic layer was dried over anhydrous Na2SO4. evaporated from the cape
Dry organic under reduced pressure to obtain a crude product, which was then purified by preparative HPLC to obtain the title compound (0.05 g, 18.1%). MS: m / z 434 (M + 1) 1H NMR (DMSO, 400 MHz): δ 7.93 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.56-7.59 (m, 4H), 7.51 (s a-exchanges with D2O, 2H), 7.357.38 (m, 2H), 2.64 (s, 3H), 2.32 (c, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 1, 92 (s, 3H), 0.87 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H).
Example 15: Preparation of 1- (5- (4-chlorophenyl) -4-methyl-3- (4- (piperidin-1-ylsulfonyl) phenyl) thiophene-2-yl) propan-1-one (Compound 48) .
Stage 1: ethyl 4-methyl-3- (4- (piperidin-1-ylsulfonyl) phenyl) thiophene-2-carboxylate (48a)
25 (4- (Piperidin-1-ylsulfonyl) phenyl) boronic acid (prepared according to the procedure presented in US20060258670, 4.41 g, 16.38 mmol) and potassium carbonate (5.15 g) , 37.2 ° mmol) to a stirred suspension of methyl 3-bromo-4-methylthiophene-2-carboxylate (7a, 3.5 g, 14.89 ° mmol) in a mixture of 100 ml of ethanol and 30 ml of toluene in a tube in a nitrogen atmosphere at room temperature (25 ºC). Nitrogen was purged into this suspension for 15 minutes at room temperature (25 ° C). To the reaction mixture
30 tetrakis (triphenylphosphine) palladium (0) (0.86 g, 0.74 mmol) was added at a temperature of about 25 ° C and the tube was sealed. The reaction mixture was then stirred at 105 ° C for 15 hours. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. Then, the reaction mixture was filtered and washed with ethyl acetate (50 ml, 2 times). The combined organic layer was then concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain the crude product, which was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (100-200 mesh) using ethyl acetate at
35 45% in hexanes as eluent to obtain the title compound (3.5 g, 62.0%) MS: m / z 394 (M + 1) 1 H NMR (DMSO, 400 MHz): δ 7.76 (d , J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.68 (s, 1H), 7.50 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 4.06 (c, J = 6.8 Hz, 2H ), 2.93 (t, J = 4.2 Hz, 4H), 1.98 (s, 3H), 1.54-1.59 (m, 4H), 1.36-1.39 (m, 2H), 1.01 (t, J = 6.8 Hz, 3H).
Step 2: 5-Bromo-4-methyl-3- (4- (piperidin-1-ylsulfonyl) phenyl) thiophene-2-carboxylate ethyl (48b) Prepared following the process provided in example 3 step 3 using 48a as Starting material. MS: m / z 473 (M + 1)
Stage 3: ethyl 5- (4-chlorophenyl) -4-methyl-3- (4- (piperidin-1-ylsulfonyl) phenyl) thiophene-2-carboxylate. (48c)
Prepared following the process provided in example 3 step 4, using 48b and boronic (4-chlorophenyl) acid as reagents. MS: m / z 504 (M + 1)
Step 4: 5- (4-chlorophenyl) -4-methyl-3- (4- (piperidin-1-ylsulfonyl) phenyl) thiophene-2-carboxylic acid (48d) 15
Prepared following the process provided in example 3 step 5 using 48c as starting material. MS: m / z 476 (M + 1).
Stage 3: 5- (4-chlorophenyl) -N-methoxy-N, 4-dimethyl-3- (4- (piperidin-1-ylsulfonyl) phenyl) thiophene 2-carboxamide (48e)
25 Prepared following the process provided in example 3 step 6 using 48d as EM starting material: m / z 519 (M + 1)
Stage 4: 1- (5- (4 chlorophenyl) -4-methyl-3- (4- (piperidin-1-ylsulfonyl) phenyl) thiophene-2-yl) propan-1-one (compound 48)
Prepared following the process provided in example 3 step 7 using 48e as starting material. MS: m / z 488 (M + 1). 5 1 H NMR (DMSO, 400 MHz): δ 7.84 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 2H), 7.63 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 2H), 7.46 (m, 4H ), 2.94 (t, J = 5.2 Hz, 4H), 2.30 (c, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.94 (s, 3H), 1.52-1.55 (m, 4H), 1.36-1.38 (m, 2H), 0.86 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H).
Example 16: Preparation of 5- (4-chlorophenyl) -N, N, 1,4-tetramethyl-3- (4-sulfamoylphenyl) -1H-pyrrol-2-carboxylamide. (Compound 50)
To a stirred solution of 5- (4-chlorophenyl) -1,4-dimethyl-3- (4-sulfamoylphenyl) -1H-pyrrole-2-carboxylic acid (49ε, 1.00 g, 2.47 mmol) in DMF (15 ml) HOBT (0.41 g, 2.72 mmol) was added at room temperature, followed after the addition of dimethylamine hydrochloride (0.40 g, 4.94 mmol). The reaction mixture was cooled to 0 ° C and EDC (0.71 g, 3.70 ° mmol) and triethylamine (1.00 g, 1.37 ml, 9.88 ° mmol) were added to the cooled reaction mixture. . The reaction mixture was then stirred at room temperature for 16 hours. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. Then, the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. Ethyl acetate (100 ml) was added to the residue thus obtained. Then, the mixture obtained in this way was washed with saturated solution of
20 baking soda (20 ml) followed by washing with brine (20 ml). The organic layer obtained was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The dried organic layer was concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain a crude product. The crude product was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (100-200 mesh) using 90% ethyl acetate in hexanes as eluent to obtain the title compound (0.94 g, 88.1%). MS: m / z 432 (M + 1) 1 H NMR (DMSO, 400 MHz): δ 7.82 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.57 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.46 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.41 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.36 (s a-exchange with D2O, 2H), 3.40 (s, 3H), 2, 87 (s, 3H), 2.56 (s, 3H), 1.98 (s, 3H).
Example 17: Preparation of ethyl 5- (4-chlorophenyl) -4-methyl-3- (4-sulfamoyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydronaphthalen-1-yl) thiophene-2-carboxylate (Compound 59)
Stage 1: 4-Bromo-5,6,7,8-tetrahydronaphthalene-1-sulfonyl chloride (59a)
Chlorosulfonic acid (13.80 g, 7.93 ml, 118.00 mmol) was added dropwise to a stirred solution of 5-bromo1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene (prepared according to the procedure published in bibliography, document W02004 / 792, 10.0 g, 47.4 mmol) in 50 ml of chloroform at 0 ° C. Then, the reaction mixture was allowed to warm to approximately 25 ° C and stirred at the same temperature for 45 min. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. The reaction mixture was then poured into ice-water (50 ml) and the mixture obtained in this way was extracted with chloroform (150 ml, 2 times). The combined organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain the title compound (12.0 g, 81.6%), which was taken to the next stage as is without further purification. MS: m / z 310 (M + 1) 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz): δ 7.81 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.64 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 2.72-7.81 (m, 4H), 1.83-1.89 (m, 4H).
Stage 2: 4-Bromo-N- (tert-butyl) -5,6,7,8-tetrahydronaphthalene-1-sulfonamide (59b)
Tert-butyl amine [8.5 g, 12.32 ml, 116.0 mmol) was added dropwise to a stirred suspension of 4-bromo-5,6,7,8-tetrahydronaphthalene-1-sulfonyl chloride (59a , 12.0 g, 38.8 ° mmol) in 150 ml of tetrahydrofuran at 0 ° C. The reaction mixture was then stirred at a temperature of about 25 ° C for 2 hours. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. Water (100 ml) was added to the reaction mixture and the mixture thus obtained was extracted with ethyl acetate (150 ml, 2 times). Then, the combined organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate and the dried organic layer was concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain a crude product, which was then purified by column chromatography on silica gel (100-200 mesh) using acetate. 15% ethyl in hexanes as eluent to obtain the title compound (2.34 g, 17.4%). MS: m / z 347 (M + 1) 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz): δ 7.79 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.52 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 4.53 (s a-exchange with D2O, 1H), 2.76-7.83 (m, 4H), 1.80-1.85 (m, 4H), 1.22 (s, 9H ).
Stage 3: methyl 3- (4- (N- (tert-butyl) sulfamoyl) -5,6,7,8-tetrahydronaphthalen-1-yl) -4-methylthiophene-2-carboxylate (59c)
4-Bromo-N- (tert-butyl) -5,6,7,8-tetrahydronaphthalene-1-sulfonamide (59b, 1.35 g, 3.90 ° mmol) and potassium phosphate (0.75 g) were added , 3.54 ° mmol) to a stirred suspension of methyl 4-methyl-3- (4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl) thiophene-2-carboxylate (prepared accordingly with the procedure published in the literature, J. Org. Chem., 2010, 75, 3855-3858, 1.0 g, 3.54 mmol) in a mixture of 20 ml of THF and 4 ml of water in a tube in a nitrogen atmosphere at room temperature (approximately 25 ° C). Nitrogen gas was purged into this suspension for 15 minutes at room temperature (approximately 25 ° C). Then, triphenylphosphine (0.028 g, 0.10 ° mmol) and palladium (II) acetate (0.016 g, 0.07 ° mmol) were added to the reaction mixture at 25 ° C and the tube was sealed. The reaction mixture was then stirred at approximately 75 ° C for 20 hours. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. Then, the reaction mixture was filtered and the cake obtained was washed with ethyl acetate (30 ml, 2 times). The combined filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain the crude product, which was purified by flash column chromatography using 30% ethyl acetate in hexanes as eluent to obtain the title compound (0.11 g, 7.7% ) MS: m / z 422 (M + 1] 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz): δ 7.99 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.26 (s, 1H), 6.98 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 4.43 (s a-exchanges with D2O, 1H), 3.66 (s, 3H), 3.23 (t, J = 6.4 Hz, 2H ), 2.21-2.43 (m, 2H), 1.87 (s, 3H), 1.69-1.81 (m, 4H), 1.27 (s, 9H).
Stage 4: methyl 5-bromo-4-methyl-3- (4-sulfamoyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydronaphthalen-1-yl) thiophene-2-carboxylate (59d)
Bromine (0.045 g, 0.015 ml, 0.28 ° mmol) was added dropwise to a stirred suspension of 3- (4- (N- (tert-butyl) sulfamoyl) -5,6,7,8-tetrahydronaphthalen-1- il) -4-methylthiophene-2-carboxylate methyl (59c, 0.10 g, 0.24 mmol) in 15 ml of dichloromethane at a temperature of about 0 ° C. The reaction mixture was then stirred at approximately 25 ° C for 2 hours. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. Then, the reaction mixture was concentrated. 20 ml of dichloromethane was added to the residue thus obtained. The mixture formed in this way was washed with water (10 ml, 2 times), brine (10 ml, 1 time) and the organic layer thus obtained was dried over sodium sulfate. The dried organic layer was concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain a
10 crude product, which was then purified by flash column chromatography using 20% ethyl acetate in hexanes as eluent to obtain the title compound (0.08 g, 67.4%) MS: m / z 445 (M +1] 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz): δ 7.97 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 1H), 6.97 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 1H), 4.43 (s a-exchanges with D2O, 2H), 3.73 (s, 3H), 3.22-3.28 (m, 2H), 2.24-2.46 (m, 2H), 1.69-1, 82 (m, 7H).
Step 5: Ethyl 5- (4-chlorophenyl) -4-methyl-3- (4-sulfamoyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydronaphthalen-1-yl) thiophene-2-carboxylate (Compound 59)
20 (4-Chlorophenyl) boronic acid [0.027 g, 0.17 ° mmol] and potassium carbonate (0.043 g, 0.31 ° mmol) were added to a solution of 5-bromo-4-methyl-3- (4 -sulfamoyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydronaphthalen-1-yl) thiophene-2-carboxylate methyl (59d, 0.07g, 0.16 ° mmol) in a mixture of 1 ml of toluene and 4 ml of ethanol at 25 ° C. Nitrogen gas was bubbled through the reaction mixture for 15 minutes. To the reaction mixture was then added
Tetrakis (triphenylphosphine) palladium (0) (0.009 g, 0.008 ° mmol) under a nitrogen atmosphere and the reaction mixture was heated at a temperature of about 95 ° C to about 100 ° C for 3 hours with stirring. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. The reaction mixture was then cooled to 25 ° C and filtered through celite, the celite cake was washed with 10 ml of ethyl acetate. The combined filtrate obtained in this way was concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain a crude product, which was then purified by chromatography.
30 in ultrafast column using 30% ethyl acetate in hexanes as eluent to obtain the title compound (0.027 g, 35.0%). MS: m / z 490 (M + 1) 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz): δ 7.97 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.45 (s, 4H), 7.05 ( d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 5.31 (s a-exchange with D2O, 2H), 4.10-4.20 (m, 2H), 3.25-3.28 (m, 2H ), 2.51-2.57 (m, 1H), 2.31-2.37 (m, 1H), 1.78-1.90 (m, 7H), 1.13 (t,
J = 7.2 Hz, 3H).
Example 18: Preparation of ethyl 5- (4-chlorophenyl) -3- (4-sulfamoylphenyl) furan-2-carboxylate (Compound 60)
Step 1: 3- (4-Sulfamoylphenyl) furan-2-carboxylate ethyl (60a)
(4-Sulfamoylphenyl) boronic acid (1.76 g, 8.77 mmol) and potassium carbonate (2.52 g, 18.26 mmol) were added to a stirred suspension of 3-bromofuran-2-carboxylate. ethyl (prepared according to the procedure published in the literature, EP1489077A1 2004, 1.6 g, 7.30 ° mmol) in a mixture of 80 ml of ethanol and 20 ml of toluene (80 ml: 20 ml) in atmosphere of nitrogen at room temperature (25 ° C) in a tube. Nitrogen gas was purged into the suspension for 15 minutes at room temperature (approximately 25 ° C). Then, tetrakis (triphenylphosphine) palladium (0) (0.422 g, 0.365 mmol) was added to the reaction mixture at 25 ° C and the tube was sealed. The reaction mixture was then stirred at 100 ° C for 18 hours. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. Then, the reaction mixture was filtered and washed with ethyl acetate (100 ml, 2 times). The combined organic layer was then concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain a crude product in the form of a semi-solid (11.2 g), which was then purified by column chromatography on silica gel (100-200 mesh) using ethyl acetate. 50% in hexanes as eluent to obtain the title compound (1.2 g, 55.60%). MS: m / z 296 (M + 1) 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz): δ 7.99 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.76 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.23 (d, J = 2.0 Hz 1H), 6.65 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 1H), 4.85 (s a-exchanges with D2O, 2H), 4, 35 (c, J = 2H 7.2 Hz), 1.33 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H).
Stage 2: 5- (4-chlorophenyl) -3- (4-sulfamoylphenyl) furan-2-carboxylate ethyl (compound 60)
1-Bromo-4-chlorobenzene (0.214 g, 1.11 mmol) and potassium acetate (0.199 g, 2.03 mmol) were added to a solution of 3- (4-sulfamoylphenyl) furan-2-carboxylate of ethyl (60a, 0.3 g, 1.01 mmol) in dimethylacetamide (5 ml) at 25 ° C in a tube. Nitrogen gas was bubbled through the reaction mixture for 15 minutes. Then, to the reaction mixture was added palladium (II) acetate (0.023 g, 0.102 mmol) under a nitrogen atmosphere and the tube was sealed. Then, the reaction mixture was heated at 150 ° C for 20 hours with stirring. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. The reaction mixture was cooled to 25 ° C and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue obtained in this way was dissolved in ethyl acetate (30 ml). Then, the solution obtained in this way was washed with water (10 ml, 2 times), dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain a crude product, which was then purified by flash column chromatography using acetate. of 50% ethyl in hexanes as eluent to obtain the title compound (0.040 g, 9.70%). MS: m / z 406 (M + 1) 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz): δ 8.00 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.75-7.77 (m, 4H), 7.43 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H), 6.85 (s, 1H), 5.2 (s a-exchanges with D2O, 2H), 4.35 (c, J = 7.2 Hz 2H), 1.34 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H).
Example 19: Pharmacological examination
The compounds were tested in a real-time cellular kinetic assay in human IMR-32 cells with native expression of α7nAChk. The increase in intracellular levels of Ca2 + was measured in a fluorometric imaging plate reader (FLIPR). Solutions of test compounds and agonists were made in assay buffer (HBSS, pH 7.4, 20 ° mM HEPES and 10 ° mM CaCl2). Briefly, the cells were seeded in transparent bottom 96-well microplates with Poly-D-Lysine coated walls at a density of 80,000 to 100,000 cells / well and incubated at 37 ° C / 5% CO2 for 40 to 48 h before of the experiment To reassess the enhancement of the compound-mediated agonist response, the growth medium was removed from the wells and 200 µl of FLIPR calcium 4 dye (Molecular Devices), reconstituted in assay buffer, was added to the wells. After loading the dye, the microplates were incubated for 30 min at 37 ° C and 30 min at room temperature and then transferred directly to FLIPR. Baseline fluorescence levels were monitored during the first 10 to 30 s, followed by the addition of 25 µl of test compound solution and subsequent monitoring of changes in fluorescence for a maximum of 10 minutes. This was followed by the addition of 25 µl of agonist solution (PNU-282987, 10 ° µM) and the fluorescence measurement for 4 min. (Faghih R. et al., 2009, J. Med. Chem., 52, 3377-84.)
5 The increase in agonist response in number of times induced by the compound (number of times of MAP activity) is calculated by dividing the maximum effect (Max-Min fluorescence) obtained with test compound in the presence of agonist by the agonist effect alone. The EC50 of the compound was calculated using GraphPad Prism version 5.0 software, by plotting the concentrations of the compound against the number of times
10 MAP activity.
Increase of activity in number of times at a concentration of 1 µM: compounds with activity below 5 times are grouped as A, compounds with activity between 5.1 times and 15 times are grouped as B and compounds with activity by over 15 times they are grouped as C.
The following table 1 provides the activity of the compounds of the present invention.
Table 1 10
Ex. No. Activation in number of times to conc. 1 µM (Group)Compound No.
one TO2, 3, 11, 13, 14, 15, 17, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 42, 43, 48, 50, 52, 53, 54, 57, 58
2 B4, 5, 8, 9, 18, 19, 30, 40, 51, 55, 56,
3 C1, 6, 7, 10, 12, 16, 44, 49,

权利要求:
Claims (15)
[1]
1. A compound of formula I, its tautomeric forms, its stereoisomers and its pharmaceutically acceptable salts,
wherein, in the compound of formula I,
Z is selected from the group consisting of -S-, -O-and -N (Ra) -;
Ra
is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl;
R1
is selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl; R2
is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, halogen, perhaloalkyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, cyano, nitro, (R7) (R8) N-, R7aC (= O) N ( R7) -, (R7) (R8) NC (= A1) N (R9) -, R7aOC (= O) NR9-, R7aSO2N (R8) -, R7A1 and R7aC (= O) -;
R3
it is selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, wherein each of said optionally substituted cycloalkyl and optionally substituted heterocyclyl is optionally ringed or optionally attached, ( R7) (R8) N-, (R7) N (OR8) -and R7A1-; [R4] m is the 'm' times repetition of the 'R4' groups, each R4 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, cyano, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted heteroalkyl, cycloalkyl optionally substituted, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, R7aC (= O) -, R7aSO2-R7A1-, (R7a) C (= O) N (R9) -, (R7) (R8) N-, (R7) (R8) NC ( = A1) N (R9) -; in which m = 0 to 3; or two R4 groups and the carbon atoms to which they are attached together form an optionally substituted 5 to 6 membered cyclic system that optionally contains 1 to 4 heteroatoms / groups selected from the group consisting of -N-, -S- , -O-, -C (= O) -y -C (= S) -; R5 and R6 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, R7aC (= O) -, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl and optionally substituted heteroaryl; or R5 and R6 together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form an optionally substituted 3 to 10-membered saturated / unsaturated heterocyclic ring system containing one to three heteroatoms / groups selected from the group consisting of -S-, - N-, -O-, -C (= O) -y -C (= S) -; wherein R7, R8 and R9 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted heteroalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl and optionally substituted heterocyclyl ; A1 is selected from the group consisting of O and S;
R7a
is selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted heteroalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl and optionally substituted heterocyclyl,
in which,the term "optionally substituted alkyl" means an alkyl group unsubstituted or substituted with 1 to 6substituents independently selected from the group consisting of oxo, halogen, nitro, cyano, aryl,
R10aSO2-, R10A1
heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, -, R10aOC (= O) -, R10aC (= O) O-, (R10) (H) NC (= O) -, (R10) (alkyl) NC (= O) -,R10aC (= O) N (H) -, (R10) (H) N-, (R10) (alkyl) N-, (R10) (H) NC (= A1) N (H) -y (R10) ( alkyl) NC (= A1) N (H) -;the term "optionally substituted alkenyl" means an alkenyl group unsubstituted or substituted with 1 to 6substituents independently selected from the group consisting of oxo, halogen, nitro, cyano, aryl,
R10aSO2-, R10A1
heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, -, R10aOC (= O) -, R10aC (= O) O-, (R10) (H) NC (= O) -, (R10) (alkyl) NC (= O) -,
R10aC (= O) N (H) -, (R10) (H) N-, (R10) (alkyl) N-, (R10) (H) NC (= A1) N (H) -y (R10) ( alkyl) NC (= A1) N (H) -;the term "optionally substituted alkynyl" means an alkynyl group unsubstituted or substituted with 1 to 6substituents independently selected from the group consisting of oxo, halogen, nitro, cyano, aryl,
R10aSO2-, R10A1
heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, -, R10aOC (= O) -, R10aC (= O) O-, (R10) (H) NC (= O) -, (R10) (alkyl) NC (= O) -,R10aC (= O) N (H) -, (R10) (H) N-, (R10) (alkyl) N-, (R10) (H) NC (= A1) N (H) -y (R10) ( alkyl) NC (= A1) N (H) -;the term "optionally substituted heteroalkyl" means a heteroalkyl group unsubstituted or substituted with 1to 6 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of oxo, halogen, nitro, cyano, aryl,heteroaryl and cycloalkyl;the term "optionally substituted cycloalkyl" means a cycloalkyl group unsubstituted or substituted with 1 to 6substituents independently selected from the group consisting of oxo, halogen, nitro, cyano, aryl,heteroaryl, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, R10aC (= O) -, R10aSO2-, R10A1-, R10aOC (= O) -, R10aC (= O) O-, (R10) (H) NC (= O) -,(R10) (alkyl) NC (= O) -, R10aC (= O) N (H) -, (R10) (H) N-, (R10) (alkyl) N-, (R10) (H) NC ( = A1) N (H) -y (R10) (alkyl) NC (= A1) N (H) -;the term "optionally substituted aryl" means (i) an aryl group unsubstituted or substituted with 1 to 3substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, nitro, cyano, hydroxy,C1 to C6 alkyl, C2 to C6 alkenyl, C2 to C6 alkynyl, C3 to C6 cycloalkyl, C1 to C6 perhaloalkyl, alkyl-O-, alkenyl-O-,alkynyl-O-, perhaloalkyl-O-, alkyl-N (alkyl) -, alkyl-N (H) -, H2N-, alkyl-SO2-, perhaloalkyl-SO2-, alkylC (= O) N (alkyl) -, alkyl-C (= O) N (H) -, alkyl-N (alkyl) C (= O) -, alkyl-N (H) C (= O) -, H2NC (= O) -, alkyl-N ( alkyl) SO2-, alkylN (H) SO2-, H2NSO2-, 3- to 6-membered heterocycle containing 1 to 2 heteroatoms selected from thegroup consisting of N, O and S, wherein said 3- to 6-membered heterocycle is optionally substituted withalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl or C-alkyl (= O) -o (ii) said aryl ring unsubstituted or optionally substitutedcondensed with a cycloalkane ring or a heterocycle ring containing 1 to 3 heteroatomsselected from S, O, N, through a link, wherein said cycloalkane ring or heterocycle ring isoptionally substituted with oxo, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl or C-alkyl (= O) -:the term "optionally substituted heterocyclyl" means a group (i) unsubstituted or substituted heterocyclyl in thering carbons with 1 to 6 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of oxo,
R10A1
halogen, nitro, cyano, aryl, heteroaryl, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, -, R10aOC (= O) -, R10aC (= O) O-, (R10) (H) NC (= O) -, (R10) ( alkyl) NC (O) -, R10aC (= O) N (H) -, (R10) (H) N-, (R10) (alkyl) N-, (R10) (H) NC (= A1) N ( H) -y (R10) (alkyl) NC (= A1) N (H) -; (ii) heterocyclyl group optionally substituted on the nitrogen or ring nitrogen with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of heteroaryl, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, R10aC (= O) -, R10aSO2-, R10aOC (= O) - , (R10) (H) NC (= O) -, (R10) (alkyl) NC (= O) -and aryl unsubstituted or substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from halogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cyano or nitro; the term "optionally substituted heteroaryl" means a heteroaryl group unsubstituted or substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, C1 to C6 alkyl, C2 to C6 alkenyl, C2 to C6 alkynyl , C3 to C6 cycloalkyl, C1 to C6 perhaloalkyl, alkyl-O-, alkenyl-O-, alkynyl-O-, perhaloalkyl-O-, alkyl-N (alkyl) -, alkyl-N (H) -, H2N-, alkyl-SO2-, perhaloalkyl-SO2-, alkylC (= O) N (alkyl) -, alkyl-C (= O) N (H) -, alkyl-N (alkyl) C (= O) -, alkyl-N (H) C (= O) -, H2NC (= O) -, alkyl-N (alkyl) SO2-, alkyl-N (H) SO2-, H2NSO2- and a 3- to 6-membered heterocycle containing 1 to 2 heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of N, O and S, in which the heterocycle is optionally substituted with one to four substituents selected from the group consisting of alkyl alkenyl, alkynyl or C-alkyl (= O) -; the term "optionally substituted 5 to 6 member cyclic system" means the 5 to 6 member cyclic system unsubstituted or substituted with 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of oxo, halogen, nitro, cyano, aryl, heteroaryl, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, R10aC (= O) -, R10aSO2-, R10A1-, R10aOC (= O) -, R10aC (= O) O-, (R10) (H) NC (= O) -, (R10) (alkyl) NC (= O) -, R10aC (= O) N (H) -, (R10) (H) N-, (R10) (alkyl) N-, (R10) (H) NC (= A1) N (H) -y (R10) (alkyl) NC (= A1) N (H) -: the term "optionally substituted 3 to 10 membered saturated / unsaturated heterocyclic ring system" means the saturated / unsaturated heterocyclic ring system 3 to 10 members unsubstituted or substituted with 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of oxo, halogen, nitro, cyano, aryl, heteroaryl, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, R10aC (= O) -, R10aSO2-, R10A1 -, R10aOC (= O) -, R10aC (= O) O-, (R10) (H) NC (= O) -, (R10) (alkyl) NC (= O) -, R10aC (= O) N ( H) -, (R10) (H) N-, (R10) (alky il) N-, (R10) (H) NC (= A1) N (H) -y (R10) (alkyl) NC (= A1) N (H) -:
R10
in which is selected from hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl orheterocyclyl,and R10a is selected from the group consisting of alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, perhaloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl,cycloalkyl or heterocyclyl.
[2]
2. The compound of formula I, its tautomeric forms, its stereoisomers and its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, according to claim 1, wherein R2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl and (R7) (R8) N -.
[3]
3. The compound of formula I, its tautomeric forms, its stereoisomers and its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, according to any one of claims 1-2, wherein R3 is selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, R7A1-, (R7) (R8) Ny (R7) N (OR8) -, more preferably among the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, methoxy, ethoxy, dimethylamino, N-methoxy-Nmethyl amino, N- (2-hydroxy ethyl) -N-propyl amino, acetylaminomethyl and piperidinyl.
[4]
Four. The compound of formula I, its tautomeric forms, its stereoisomers and its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, according to any one of claims 1-3, wherein R5 and R6 are selected
independently from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl or both and R5 and R6 together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form an optionally substituted 3 to 10 membered saturated / unsaturated heterocyclic ring system containing one to three heteroatoms / groups selected from the group consisting of -S-, -N-, -O-, -C (= O) -and -C (= S) -.
[5]
5. The compound of formula I, its tautomeric forms, its stereoisomers and its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, according to any one of claims 1-4, wherein m is 0, 1 or 2 and R4 is selected or selected from the group or optionally substituted alkyl groups, or two R4 together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form an optionally substituted 5 to 6 membered cyclic system that optionally contains 1 to 4 heteroatoms / groups selected from the group consisting of -N -, -S-, -O-, -C (= O) -y -C (= S) -.
[6]
6. The compound of formula I, its tautomeric forms, its stereoisomers and its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, according to any one of claims 1-5, wherein m is 0, 1 or 2 and R4 is selected or selected from the group or the methyl groups or two R4 together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a six-membered carbocycle.
[7]
7. The compound of formula I, its tautomeric forms, its stereoisomers and its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, according to any one of claims 1-6, wherein Ra is selected from hydrogen and optionally substituted alkyl.
[8]
8. The compound of formula I, its tautomeric forms, its stereoisomers and its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, according to any one of claims 1-7, wherein R2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl and (R7 ) (R8) N-; R3 is selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, R7A1-, (R7) (R8) N- and (R7) N (OR8) -; R5 and R6 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl or both and R5 and R6 together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form an optionally substituted 3 to 10 membered saturated / unsaturated heterocyclic ring system that It contains one to three heteroatoms / groups selected from the group consisting of -S-, -N-, -O-, -C (= O) -and -C (= S) -; m is 0, 1 or 2 and R4 is selected or selected from the group or optionally substituted alkyl groups, or two R4 together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form an optionally substituted 5-6 membered cyclic system containing optionally 1 to 4 heteroatoms / groups selected from the group consisting of -N-, -S-, -O-, -C (= O) -and -C (= S) -; Ra is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and optionally substituted alkyl.
[9]
9. The compound of formula I, its tautomeric forms, its stereoisomers and its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, according to any one of claims 1-8, wherein R1 is selected from the group consisting of pyridyl, furanyl, indolyl, N- Methylisoindolyl, benzofuranyl, piperazinyl, 4- (4-fluorophenyl) piperazinyl, morpholinyl, indolinyl, 2-oxoindolinyl, 2,3-dihydrobenzo [b] [1,4] dioxinyl, benzopyranyl and phenyl optionally substituted with 1 to 2 substituents selected from the group consisting of halo, cyclopropyl, trifluoromethyl, methoxy, ethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, methyl, ethyl, dimethylamino, monomethylamino, tert-butyl and 4-methylpiperazinyl; R2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, methyl, dimethylamino and dimethylaminomethyl; R3 is selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, methoxy, ethoxy, dimethylamino, N-methoxy-N-methyl amino, N- (2-hydroxy ethyl) -N-propyl amino, acetylaminomethyl and piperidinyl; R5 and R6 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, methyl, or R5 and R6 together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form a piperidine ring; m is 0, 1 or 2, and R4 is selected from methyl groups or two R4 together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached forming a six-membered carbocycle; and Ra is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, methyl, ethyl and cyclopropylmethyl.
[10]
10. The compound of formula I, its tautomeric forms, its stereoisomers and its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, according to any one of claims 1-9, wherein R1 is selected from the group consisting of 4-chlorophenyl, 2-chlorophenyl, 3-chlorophenyl, 4-fluorophenyl, 4-cyclopropylphenyl, 4-trifluoromethylphenyl, 4-methoxyphenyl, 4-ethoxyphenyl, 3-ethoxyphenyl, 4-tolyl, 4-tert-butyl phenyl, 4-dimethylaminophenyl, 3-fluorophenyl, phenyl, 4-phenyl, 3-phenyl , 4-dichlorophenyl, 2,4-dichlorophenyl, 2,4-difluorophenyl, 3-chloro-4-fluorophenyl, 3-chloro-4-methoxyphenyl, piperazin-1-yl, 4- (fluorophenyl) piperazinyl, morpholino, pyridin-4- ilo, pyridin-3-yl, furan-3-yl, 1H-indole-5-yl, 1-methyl-1H-indole-5-yl, benzofuran-5-yl, indolin-5-yl, 4- (4 -methylpiperazin-1-yl) phenyl and 2,3-dihydrobenzo [b] [1,4] dioxin-6-yl).
[11]
eleven. The compound of formula I, its tautomeric forms, its stereoisomers and its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, according to any one of claims 1-10, wherein Z is S.
[12]
12. The compound of formula I, its tautomeric forms, its stereoisomers and its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, according to any one of claims 1-11, wherein the compound is selected from the group consisting of:
4- (5- (4-chlorophenyl) -4-methyl-2-propionylthiophene-3-yl) benzenesulfonamide.4- (5- (2-Chlorophenyl) -4-methyl-2-propionylthiophene-3-yl) benzenesulfonamide.4- (5- (3-chlorophenyl) -4-methyl-2-propionylthiophene-3-yl) benzenesulfonamide.
4- (5- (4-fluorophenyl) -4-methyl-2-propionylthiophene-3-yl) benzenesulfonamide.4- (5- (4-Cyclopropylphenyl) -4-methyl-2-propionylthiophene-3-yl) benzenesulfonamide.4- (4-methyl-2-propionyl-5- (4- (trifluoromethyl) phenyl) thiophene-3-yl) benzenesulfonamide.4- (5- (4-methoxyphenyl) -4-methyl-2-propionylthiophene-3-yl) benzenesulfonamide.4- (5- (4-ethoxyphenyl) -4-methyl-2-propionylthiophene-3-yl) benzenesulfonamide.4- (4-methyl-2-propionyl-5- (4- (trifluoromethoxy) phenyl) thiophene-3-yl) benzenesulfonamide.4- (4-methyl-2-propionyl-5- (4-tolyl) thiophene-3-yl) benzenesulfonamide.4- (5- (4- (tert-Butyl) phenyl) -4-methyl-2-propionylthiophene-3-yl) benzenesulfonamide.4 - ((5- (4-dimethylamino) phenyl) -4-methyl-2-propionylthiophene-3-yl) benzenesulfonamide.4- (5- (3-fluorophenyl) -4-methyl-2-propionylthiophene-3-yl) benzenesulfonamide.4- (4-methyl-5-phenyl-2-propionylthiophene-3-yl) benzenesulfonamide.4- (5- (3-ethoxyphenyl) -4-methyl-2-propionylthiophene-3-yl) benzenesulfonamide.4- (5- (4-ethylphenyl) -4-methyl-2-propionylthiophene-3-yl) benzenesulfonamide.4- (5- (3,4-dichlorophenyl) -4-methyl-2-propionylthiophene-3-yl) benzenesulfonamide.4- (5- (2,4-Dichlorophenyl) -4-methyl-2-propionylthiophene-3-yl) benzenesulfonamide.4- (5- (2,4-difluorophenyl) -4-methyl-2-propionylthiophene-3-yl) benzenesulfonamide.4- (5- (3-Chloro-4-fluorophenyl) -4-methyl-2-propionylthiophene-3-yl) benzenesulfonamide.4- (5- (3-Chloro-4-methoxyphenyl) -4-methyl-2-propionylthiophene-3-yl) benzenesulfonamide.4- (4-methyl-5- (piperazin-1-yl) -2-propionylthiophene-3-yl) benzenesulfonamide.4- (5- (4- (4-fluorophenyl) piperazin-1-yl) -4-methyl-2-propionylthiophene-3-yl) benzenesulfonamide.4- (4-methyl-5-morpholino-2-propionylthiophene-3-yl) benzenesulfonamide.4- (4-methyl-2-propionyl-5- (pyridin-4-yl) thiophene-3-yl) benzenesulfonamide.4- (4-methyl-2-propionyl-5- (pyridin-3-yl) thiophene-3-yl) benzenesulfonamide.4- (5- (furan-3-yl) -4-methyl-2-propionylthiophene-3-yl) benzenesulfonamide.4- (5- (1H-indole-5-yl) -4-methyl-2-propionylthiophene-3-yl) benzenesulfonamide.4- (4-methyl-5- (1-methyl-1H-indol-5-yl) -2-propionylthiophene-3-yl) benzenesulfonamide.4- (5- (benzofuran-5-yl) -4-methyl-2-propionylthiophene-3-yl) benzenesulfonamide.4- (5- (indolin-5-yl) -4-methyl-2-propionylthiophene-3-yl) benzenesulfonamide.4- (4-methyl-5- (4- (4-methylpiperazin-1-yl) phenyl) -2-propionylthiophene-3-yl) benzenesulfonamide.4- (5- (4-chlorophenyl) -2-propionylthiophene-3-yl) benzenesulfonamide.4- (5- (4-chlorophenyl) -4- (dimethylamino) -2-propionylthiophene-3-yl) benzenesulfonamide.4- (5- (4-chlorophenyl) -4 - ((dimethylamino) methyl) -2-propionylthiophene-3-yl) benzenesulfonamide.5- (4-chlorophenyl) -N, N, 4-trimethyl-3- (4-sulfamoylphenyl) thiophene-2-carboxamide.5- (4-chlorophenyl) -N-methoxy-N, 4-dimethyl-3- (4-sulfamoylphenyl) thiophene-2-carboxamide.5- (4-chlorophenyl) -N- (2-hydroxyethyl) -4-methyl-N-propyl-3- (4-sulfamoyl phenyl) thiophene-2-carboxamide.4- (5- (4-chlorophenyl) -4-methyl-2- (piperidin-1-carbonyl) thiophene-3-yl) benzenesulfonamide.4- (2-Acetyl-5- (4-chlorophenyl) -4-methylthiophene-3-yl) benzenesulfonamide.4- (5- (4-chlorophenyl) -4-methyl-2-propionylthiophene-3-yl) -2-methylbenzenesulfonamide.Methyl 4-methyl-5- (2-oxoindolin-5-yl) -3- (4-sulfamoylphenyl) thiophene-2-carboxylate.Ethyl 4-methyl-5- (2-oxoindolin-5-yl) -3- (4-sulfamoylphenyl) thiophene-2-carboxylate.4- (4-methyl-5- (4-methylaminophenyl) -2-propionylthiophene-3-yl) benzenesulfonamide.4- (5- (4-chlorophenyl) -4-methyl-2-propionylthiophene-3-yl) -N, N-dimethylbenzenesulfonamide.4- (5- (4-chlorophenyl) -4-methyl-2-propionylthiophene-3-yl) -N-methylbenzenesulfonamide.4- (5- (3,4-Difluorophenyl) -4-methyl-2-propionylthiophene-3-yl) benzenesulfonamide.1- (5- (4-chlorophenyl) -4-methyl-3- (4- (piperidin-1-ylsulfonyl) phenyl) thiophene-2-yl) propan-1-one.4- (5- (4-chlorophenyl) -1,4-dimethyl-2-propionyl-1H-pyrrol-3-yl) benzenesulfonamide.5- (4-chlorophenyl) -N, N, 1,4-tetramethyl-3- (4-sulfamoylphenyl) -1 H -pyrrol-2-carboxamide.4- (5- (4-Chlorophenyl) -1-ethyl-4-methyl-2-propionyl-1H-pyrrol-3-yl) benzenesulfonamide.4- (5- (4-chlorophenyl) -1- (cyclopropylmethyl) -4-methyl-2-propionyl-1H-pyrrol-3-yl) benzenesulfonamide.4- (5- (4-chlorophenyl) -4-methyl-2-propionyl-1H-pyrrol-3-yl) benzenesulfonamide.4- (5- (4-fluorophenyl) -1,4-dimethyl-2-propionyl-1H-pyrrol-3-yl) benzenesulfonamide.4- (5- (4-Methoxyphenyl) -1,4-dimethyl-2-propionyl-1H-pyrrol-3-yl) benzenesulfonamide.4- (2-Butyryl-5- (4-chlorophenyl) -1,4-dimethyl-1H-pyrrol-3-yl) benzenesulfonamide.4- (5- (2,4-Dichlorophenyl) -1,4-dimethyl-2-propionyl-1H-pyrrol-3-yl) benzenesulfonamide.4- (5- (2,3-dihydrobenzo [b] [1,4] dioxin-6-yl) -1,4-dimethyl-2-propionyl-1H-pyrrol-3-yl) benzenesulfonamide.Ethyl 5- (4-chlorophenyl) -4-methyl-3- (4-sulfamoyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydronaphthalen-1-yl) thiophene-2-carboxylate;YEthyl 5- (4-chlorophenyl) -3- (4-sulfamoylphenyl) furan-2-carboxylate.
[13]
13. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of any one of claims 1-12 and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
[14]
14. Use of a compound of claim 1 in the preparation of a medicament for preventing or treating a disease or its symptoms or a disorder partially or completely mediated by nicotinic acetylcholine receptors, wherein the disorder or condition or disease is selected from among the group consisting of Alzheimer's disease, mild cognitive impairment, senile dementia, vascular dementia, dementia of the
Parkinson's disease, attention deficit disorder, attention deficit hyperactivity disorder, dementia associated with Lewy bodies, AIDS dementia complex, Pick's disease, dementia associated with Down syndrome, disease of Huntington, cognitive deficits associated with craniocerebral trauma, cognitive impairment associated with stroke, post stroke stroke neuroprotection, cognitive and sensitivomotor stimulation deficits associated with schizophrenia, cognitive deficits associated with bipolar disorder, cognitive impairments associated with depression, acute pain, post-surgical or postoperative pain, chronic pain, inflammation, inflammatory pain, neuropathic pain, quitting smoking, the need for growth of new blood vessels associated with wound healing, the need for growth of new blood vessels associated with vascularization of foot grafts Ly and lack of circulation, arthritis, rheumatoid arthritis, psoriasis, Crohn's disease, ulcerative colitis, reservoritis, inflammatory bowel disease, celiac disease, periodontitis, sarcoidosis, pancreatitis, transplant rejection of organs, acute immune disease associated with organ transplantation, chronic immune disease associated with organ transplantation, septic shock, toxic shock syndrome, sepsis syndrome, depression and rheumatoid spondylitis.
[15]
fifteen. A compound of claim 1 for use in the prevention or treatment of a disease or its symptoms or a disorder mediated partially or completely by nicotinic acetylcholine receptors, wherein the disorder or condition or disease is selected from the group that it consists of Alzheimer's disease, mild cognitive impairment, senile dementia, vascular dementia, dementia of Parkinson's disease, attention deficit disorder, attention deficit hyperactivity disorder, dementia associated with bodies of Lewy, AIDS dementia complex, Pick's disease, dementia associated with Down syndrome, Huntington's disease, cognitive deficits associated with head injury, cognitive impairment associated with stroke, post stroke neuroprotection, deficits of cognitive and sensitivomotor stimulation associated with schizophrenia, cognitive deficits associated with t Bipolar tracking, cognitive impairments associated with depression, acute pain, post-surgical or postoperative pain, chronic pain, inflammation, inflammatory pain, neuropathic pain, quitting smoking, the need for growth of new blood vessels associated with wound healing, the need for growth of new blood vessels associated with vascularization of skin grafts and lack of circulation, arthritis, rheumatoid arthritis, psoriasis, Crohn's disease, ulcerative colitis, reservoritis, inflammatory bowel disease, celiac disease, periodontitis, sarcoidosis, pancreatitis, organ transplant rejection, acute immune disease associated with organ transplantation, chronic immune disease associated with organ transplantation, septic shock, syndrome of toxic shock, sepsis syndrome, depression and rheumatoid spondylitis.

类似技术:

---

公开号 | 公开日 | 专利标题

---

US9393247B2|2016-07-19|Heteroaryl derivatives as alpha7 nAChR modulators

---

ES2606043T3|2017-03-17|Biaryl derivatives as nAChR modulators

---

US9187420B2|2015-11-17|Pyrrole derivatives as nicotinic acetylcholine receptor modulators for use in the treatment of neurodegenerative disorders such as alzheimer's and parkinson's disease

---

SK1812002A3|2003-02-04|3|-Amino-pyrazole derivatives, process for their preparation and their use as antitumor agents

---

US20130310419A1|2013-11-21|Pyrrole derivatives used as modulators of alpha7 nachr

---

US20150291617A1|2015-10-15|Thiazole Derivatives as Alpha 7 nAChR Modulators

---

US9504680B2|2016-11-29|Pyrrole derivatives as alpha 7 nAChR modulators

---

US9617211B2|2017-04-11|Pyrrole derivatives as alpha 7 nAChR modulators

---

TW201446243A|2014-12-16|4-|-2-|-1,4-dimethyl-1H-pyrrol-3-yl)benzenesulfonamide as alpha 7 nAChR modulator

---

BRPI0718520A2|2013-11-19|COMPOSITION, METHODS FOR ADENOSINE A1 RECEPTOR MODULATION AND FOR THE TREATMENT OF CONDITIONS MEDIATED BY ADENOSINE A1 RECEIVER IN MAMMALS, PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITION, AND USES OF A COMPOSITION AND A COMPOUND

---

OA16539A|2015-10-22|Heteroaryl derivatives as alpha7 nAChR modulators

---

NZ615001B2|2015-07-28|Heteroaryl derivatives as alpha7 nachr modulators

---

NZ615583B2|2016-01-06|Pyrrole derivatives as nicotinic acetylcholine receptor modulators for use in the treatment of neurodegenerative disorders such as alzheimer's and parkinson's disease

同族专利:

---

公开号 | 公开日

---

ES2594409T3|2016-12-20|

---

EA024170B1|2016-08-31|

---

AU2012221800A1|2013-10-03|

---

CU20130116A7|2014-03-26|

---

WO2012114285A9|2012-10-18|

---

ZA201306223B|2014-10-29|

---

NZ615001A|2015-04-24|

---

CL2013002449A1|2014-04-11|

---

CN103402994A|2013-11-20|

---

WO2012114285A1|2012-08-30|

---

CU24177B1|2016-04-25|

---

JP6118270B2|2017-04-19|

---

MX343788B|2016-11-23|

---

ECSP13012891A|2013-10-31|

---

AP2013007121A0|2013-09-30|

---

EA201370184A1|2013-12-30|

---

SMT201600409B|2017-01-10|

---

KR20140026378A|2014-03-05|

---

EP2678327A1|2014-01-01|

---

US9072731B2|2015-07-07|

---

AP3649A|2016-03-18|

---

RS55433B1|2017-04-28|

---

DK2678327T3|2016-12-12|

---

PE20140703A1|2014-06-13|

---

US9393247B2|2016-07-19|

---

EP2678327B9|2016-12-28|

---

CN103402994B|2017-05-31|

---

HUE030659T2|2017-05-29|

---

BR112013021602A2|2019-09-24|

---

GEP20156318B|2015-07-10|

---

DOP2013000191A|2014-04-15|

---

EP2678327B1|2016-08-17|

---

IL228052D0|2013-09-30|

---

HRP20161481T1|2016-12-30|

---

MA34957B1|2014-03-01|

---

SI2678327T1|2017-01-31|

---

NI201300072A|2013-12-17|

---

US20130331387A1|2013-12-12|

---

SG192625A1|2013-09-30|

---

CR20130415A|2014-04-15|

---

IL228052A|2016-11-30|

---

PL2678327T3|2017-02-28|

---

GT201300207A|2014-11-13|

---

CY1118107T1|2017-06-28|

---

CO6761374A2|2013-09-30|

---

CA2826792A1|2012-08-30|

---

JP2014506590A|2014-03-17|

---

LT2678327T|2016-11-25|

---

EP2678327B8|2016-09-28|

---

MX2013009709A|2014-05-13|

---

US20150231143A1|2015-08-20|

---

AU2012221800B2|2016-10-27|

引用文献:

---

公开号 | 申请日 | 公开日 | 申请人 | 专利标题

---

---

US3953596A|1973-06-14|1976-04-27|Ici United States Inc.|8-Oxa-3-azabicyclooctane analgesic compositions and method of alleviating pain in animals|

---

US4235871A|1978-02-24|1980-11-25|Papahadjopoulos Demetrios P|Method of encapsulating biologically active materials in lipid vesicles|

---

US5019369A|1984-10-22|1991-05-28|Vestar, Inc.|Method of targeting tumors in humans|

---

US4501728A|1983-01-06|1985-02-26|Technology Unlimited, Inc.|Masking of liposomes from RES recognition|

---

US4837028A|1986-12-24|1989-06-06|Liposome Technology, Inc.|Liposomes with enhanced circulation time|

---

US5608082A|1994-07-28|1997-03-04|Agouron Pharmaceuticals, Inc.|Compounds useful as antiproliferative agents and GARFT inhibitors|

---

DE69825603T2|1997-09-12|2005-07-28|Merck Frosst Canada & Co, Kirkland|2,3,5-TRISUBSTITUTED PYRIDINES AS INHIBITORS OF CYCLOOXYGENASE-2|

---

WO2002016355A2|2000-08-21|2002-02-28|Pharmacia & Upjohn Company|Quinuclidine-substituted heteroaryl moieties for treatment of disease acetylcholine receptor ligands|

---

US7514452B2|2002-02-01|2009-04-07|Dainippon Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd|2-furancarboxylic acid hydrazides and pharmaceutical compositions containing the same|

---

US7202367B2|2002-05-31|2007-04-10|Rhodia Chimie|Process for arylating or vinylating or alkynating a nucleophilic compound|

---

SE0201938D0|2002-06-20|2002-06-20|Astrazeneca Ab|New process|

---

DE10244810A1|2002-09-26|2004-04-08|Bayer Ag|New morpholine-bridged indazole derivatives|

---

US7129235B2|2003-07-11|2006-10-31|Abbott Laboratories|Amides useful for treating pain|

---

US7442805B2|2003-09-25|2008-10-28|Wyeth|Substituted sulfonamide-indoles|

---

GB0403038D0|2004-02-11|2004-03-17|Novartis Ag|Organic compounds|

---

AU2005225559A1|2004-03-29|2005-10-06|Neurosearch A/S|Novel urea derivatives and their medical use|

---

ITTO20040264A1|2004-04-28|2004-07-28|Rotta Res Lab Spa|NEW PYROLIC DERIVATIVES WITH ANGIOTENSIN-II ANTAGONIST ACTIVITY|

---

CA2579886A1|2004-09-09|2006-03-16|Chugai Seiyaku Kabushiki Kaisha|Novel imidazolidine derivative and use thereof|

---

US20060142349A1|2004-12-23|2006-06-29|Pfizer Inc|Methods of modulating the activities of alpha-7 nicotinic acetylcholine receptor|

---

DE602006016926D1|2005-02-16|2010-10-28|Neurosearch As|NEW DIAZABICYCLIC ARYL DERIVATIVES AND MEDICAL USE THEREOF|

---

FR2885616B1|2005-05-12|2007-06-22|Servier Lab|NOVEL PHENYLPYRIDINYLPIPERAZINE DERIVATIVES, PROCESS FOR THEIR PREPARATION AND PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING THEM|

---

EP1910328A1|2005-06-29|2008-04-16|AstraZeneca AB|Thiophene-2-carboxamide derivatives as alpha 7 nicotinic receptor modulators|

---

AU2006278592A1|2005-08-04|2007-02-15|Apogee Biotechnology Corporation|Sphingosine kinase inhibitors and methods of their use|

---

ES2632940T3|2005-09-13|2017-09-18|Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv|Thiazole derivatives substituted with 2-anilin-4-aryl|

---

CN101374834B|2006-02-03|2011-12-14|伊莱利利公司|Compounds and methods for modulating FXR|

---

JP2009526814A|2006-02-16|2009-07-23|ノイロサーチアクティーゼルスカブ|Enantiomerically pure quinuclidinyloxypyridazine and its use as a nicotinic acetylcholine receptor ligand|

---

JO3019B1|2006-04-19|2016-09-05|Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv|Trisubstituted 1,2,4-Triazoles|

---

US7741364B2|2006-06-27|2010-06-22|Abbott Laboratories|Pyrrole derivatives and their methods of use|

---

MX2008016336A|2006-06-27|2009-01-16|Abbott Lab|Thiazoline and oxazoline derivatives and their methods of use.|

---

JP2010509216A|2006-11-02|2010-03-25|メルクエンドカムパニーインコーポレーテッド|Heterocyclyl-substituted antihypercholesterolemic compounds|

---

US20080287479A1|2006-12-20|2008-11-20|Pfizer Inc|Inhibitors of serine palmitoyltransferase|

---

AU2008285644A1|2007-08-08|2009-02-12|Neurosearch A/S|Novel 1,2,3-triazole derivatives useful as modulators of nicotinic acetylcholine receptors|

---

GB0718735D0|2007-09-25|2007-11-07|Prolysis Ltd|Antibacterial agents|

---

CA2699625C|2007-10-04|2016-02-02|F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag|Cyclopropyl aryl amide derivatives and uses thereof|

---

EP2205573B1|2007-10-04|2013-10-23|F. Hoffmann-La Roche AG|Tetrazole-substituted aryl amide derivatives and uses thereof|

---

JO2784B1|2007-10-18|2014-03-15|شركة جانسين فارماسوتيكا ان. في|1,3,5-trisubstitued triazole derivative|

---

EA018186B1|2008-03-19|2013-06-28|Янссен Фармацевтика Нв|Trisubstituted 1,2,4-triazoles as nicotinic acetylcholine receptor modulators|

---

US7786171B2|2008-04-04|2010-08-31|Abbott Laboratories|Amide derivatives as positive allosteric modulators and methods of use thereof|

---

CA2721630A1|2008-04-17|2009-10-22|Glaxo Group Limited|Indoles as modulators of nicoticic acetylcholine receptor subtype alpha-7|

---

AU2009245715B2|2008-05-09|2014-01-09|Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv|Trisubstituted pyrazoles as acetylcholine receptor modulators|

---

WO2010083444A1|2009-01-15|2010-07-22|Anvyl, Llc|Alpha7 nicotinic acetylcholine receptor allosteric modulators, their derivatives and uses thereof|

---

WO2010120854A1|2009-04-15|2010-10-21|Glaxosmithkline Llc|Chemical compounds|

---

WO2010130768A1|2009-05-14|2010-11-18|Neurosearch A/S|Novel 1,4-diaza-bicyclo[3.2.1]octane derivatives useful as nicotinic acetylcholine receptor modulators|

---

JO3250B1|2009-09-22|2018-09-16|Novartis Ag|Use of nicotinic acetylcholine receptor alpha 7 activators|

---

JO3078B1|2009-11-27|2017-03-15|Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv|Morpholinothiazoles as alpha 7 positive allosteric modulators|

---

AU2012213086B2|2011-02-03|2016-05-05|Lupin Limited|Pyrrole derivatives used as modulators of alpha7 nAChR|

---

DK2678327T3|2011-02-23|2016-12-12|Lupin Ltd|Heteroaryl derivatives which ALFA7 nAChR modulators|

---

SG193387A1|2011-03-31|2013-10-30|Lupin Ltd|Pyrrole derivatives as nicotinic acetylcholine receptor modulators for use in the treatment of neurodegenerative disorders such as alzheimer's and parkinson's disease|

---

WO2013005153A1|2011-07-05|2013-01-10|Lupin Limited|Biaryl derivatives as nachr modulators|DK2678327T3|2011-02-23|2016-12-12|Lupin Ltd|Heteroaryl derivatives which ALFA7 nAChR modulators|

---

IN2014MN01756A|2012-03-06|2015-07-03|Lupin Ltd|

---

SI2900675T1|2012-09-28|2019-06-28|Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited|Production method of thienopyrimidine derivative|

---

WO2014072957A1|2012-11-12|2014-05-15|Lupin Limited|Thiazole derivatives as alpha 7 nachr modulators|

---

US9617211B2|2013-01-16|2017-04-11|Lupin Limited|Pyrrole derivatives as alpha 7 nAChR modulators|

---

AU2014229300A1|2013-03-13|2015-06-11|Lupin Limited|Pyrrole derivatives as alpha 7 nAChR modulators|

---

TW201446243A|2013-06-03|2014-12-16|Lupin Ltd|4--2--1,4-dimethyl-1H-pyrrol-3-yl)benzenesulfonamide as alpha 7 nAChR modulator|

---

AU2014282886A1|2013-06-17|2015-12-17|Lupin Limited|Pyrrole derivatives as alpha 7 nAChR modulators|

---

EP3233087B1|2014-12-16|2019-10-02|Axovant Sciences GmbH|Geminal substituted quinuclidine amide compounds as agonists of alpha-7 nicotinic acetylcholine receptors|

---

AU2016274694A1|2015-06-10|2018-01-18|Axovant Sciences Gmbh|Aminobenzisoxazole compounds as agonists of A7-nicotinic acetylcholine receptors|

---

EP3334740A4|2015-08-12|2019-02-06|Axovant Sciences GmbH|Geminal substituted aminobenzisoxazole compounds as agonists of7-nicotinic acetylcholine receptors|

---

PL3433234T3|2016-03-22|2022-01-24|Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp.|Allosteric modulators of nicotinic acetylcholine receptors|

---

CA3102777A1|2018-06-07|2019-12-12|The Regents Of The University Of Michigan|Prc1 inhibitors and methods of treatment therewith|

---

TW202035386A|2018-07-05|2020-10-01|德商拜耳廠股份有限公司|Substituted thiophenecarboxamides and analogues|

---

WO2021001331A1|2019-07-03|2021-01-07|Bayer Aktiengesellschaft|Substituted thiophene carboxamides and derivatives thereof as microbicides|

---

WO2021123051A1|2019-12-20|2021-06-24|Bayer Aktiengesellschaft|Substituted thiophene carboxamides, thiophene carboxylic acids and derivatives thereof|

法律状态:

优先权:

---

申请号 | 申请日 | 专利标题

---

IN242KO2011|2011-02-23|

---

INKO02422011|2011-02-23|

---

INKO11842011|2011-09-09|

---

IN1184KO2011|2011-09-09|

---

PCT/IB2012/050806|WO2012114285A1|2011-02-23|2012-02-22|Heteroaryl derivatives as alpha7 nachr modulators|

---